Contents

Acura MDX 2018 SUV Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 699
1 of 699

Summary of Content for Acura MDX 2018 SUV Owner's Manual PDF

2018 OWNERS MANUAL

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 0

Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were

buckled/fastened;

3WARNING California Proposition 65 Warning

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.

How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.

Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 1

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/

As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

Software End User License Agreement Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by the End User License Agreement in Owners Manual, and which contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services, functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement. You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop 100-5E-8F, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.

Privacy Notice This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.

A Few Words About Safety

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

NOTICE

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including:

Safety Labels - on the vehicle. Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and

one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean:

Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully.

3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you dont follow instructions.

3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you dont follow instructions.

3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you dont follow instructions.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 2

Contents

This owners manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.

This owners manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model.

Images throughout this owners manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features.

This owners manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada.

The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation.

2 Safe Driving P. 27 For Safe Driving P. 28 Seat Belts P. 33 Airbags P. 41

2 Instrument Panel P. 77 Indicators P. 78 Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID) P. 119

2 Controls P. 137 Clock P. 138 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139 Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 168 Adjusting the Seats P. 192

2 Features P. 231 Audio System P. 232 Audio System Basic Operation P. 239 Rear Entertainment System (RES)* P. 335 Customized Features P. 358 Compass* P. 443

2 Driving P. 445 Before Driving P. 446 Towing a Trailer P. 452 Parking Your Vehicle P. 545 Multi-View Rear Camera* P. 556 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 571

2 Maintenance P. 573 Before Performing Maintenance P. 574 Maintenance MinderTM P. 577 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 598 Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care* P. 615

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 625 Tools P. 626 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 627 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 653 Fuses P. 658 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 668 Refueling P. 669

2 Information P. 671 Specifications P. 672 Identification Numbers P. 674 Emissions Testing P. 678 Warranty Coverages P. 680

Contents

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 3

Child Safety P. 56 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 74 Safety Labels P. 75

Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 155 Security System P. 163 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 166 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 169 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 189 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 206 Climate Control System P. 219

Audio Error Messages P. 308 General Information on the Audio System P. 316 HomeLink Universal Transceiver P. 390 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 393 AcuraLink* P. 435

Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 463 When Driving P. 465 Braking P. 528 Surround View Camera System* P. 558 Refueling P. 568

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 581 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 593 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602 Battery P. 611 Remote Transmitter Care P. 613 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 617 Cleaning P. 618 Accessories and Modifications P. 623

Engine Does Not Start P. 646 Jump Starting P. 649 Overheating P. 651 Emergency Towing P. 666 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 667

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 675 Reporting Safety Defects P. 677 Authorized Manuals P. 682 Client Service Information P. 683

Quick Reference Guide P. 4

Safe Driving P. 27

Instrument Panel P. 77

Controls P. 137

Features P. 231

Driving P. 445

Maintenance P. 573

Handling the Unexpected P. 625

Information P. 671

Index P. 687

4

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 4

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index

Steering Wheel Adjustments (P188)

ENGINE START/STOP Button (P169)

Navigation System* () See the Navigation System Manual

Information Screen (P244)

Hazard Warning Button On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (P240)

Audio System (P232)

System Indicators (P78)

Gauges (P119)

Multi-Information Display (MID) (P120)

Climate Control System (P219)

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button (P185)

(Surround View Camera) Button* (P559)

(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System OFF) Button (P518)

Parking Sensor System Button* (P548)

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button (P539)

Headlight Washer Button* (P183)

Heated Windshield Button* (P185)

Electric Parking Brake Switch (P528)

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button (P506)

Automatic Brake Hold Button (P532)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 5

Wipers/Washers (P180)

Audio Remote Controls (P237)

Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P479)

Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P479)

Horn (Press an area around .)

Voice Control Buttons* (P251)

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink System Voice Control Buttons (P393)

Brightness Control (P184)

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons (P489)

TRIP Button (P121)

Interval Button (P498)

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button (P511)

Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls (P120)

Heated Steering Wheel Button* (P216)

Headlights/Turn Signals (P172, 173)

Fog Lights* (P176)

* Not available on all models

5

Visual Index

6

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 6

Power Window Switches (P166)

Hood Release Handle (P582)

Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box (P661)

Drivers Knee Airbag (P48)

Memory Buttons (P187)

SET Button (P187)

Shift Button Electronic Gear Selector (P472)

Rearview Mirror (P189)

Drivers Front Airbag (P44)

Accessory Power Socket (P213)

Passengers Side Interior Fuse Box (P663)

Glove Box (P208)

Door Mirror Controls (P190)

Power Door Lock Master Switch (P153)

Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box* (P662)

Passengers Front Airbag (P44)

Power Tailgate Button (P158)

Fuel Fill Door Release Button (P569)

Auto Idle Stop OFF Button* (P481)

Dynamic Mode Button (P486)

USB Ports (P233)

Accessory Power Socket* (P213)

Auxiliary Input Jack (P236)

AC Power Outlet* (P214)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 7

Side Curtain Airbags (P52)

Grab Handle

Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor* (P38)

Accessory Power Socket (P214)

Side Airbags (P50)

Front Seat (P192)

Sun Visors Vanity Mirrors

Coat Hook (P215)

Seat Belts (P36)

Rear Entertainment System* (P335)

LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P61)

Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P66)

Third Row Seat (P203)

Second Row Seat (P194)

USB Ports* (P234)/HDMITM Port* (P337)

Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P66)

USB Ports* (P235)

Models with rear console compartment

Map Lights (P207)

Moonroof Switch (P168)

Sunglasses Holder (P216)

Cargo Area Light (P207)

* Not available on all models

7

Visual Index

8

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 8

How to Refuel (P569)

High-Mount Brake Light (P597)

Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P162)

Back-Up Lights (P596)

Multi-View Rear Camera* (P556)

Tailgate Outer Handle (P162)

Rear Side Marker Lights (P595)

Taillights (P595)

Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Lights (P594)

Rear Wiper (P182)

Maintenance Under the Hood (P581)

Windshield Wipers (P180, 598)

Tires (P602, 627)

Power Door Mirrors (P190)

Headlights (P173, 593)

Side Marker Lights (P173, 593)

Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights (P172, 593)

Fog Lights* (P176, 593)

Door Lock/Unlock Control (P142)

Side Turn Signal Lights (P172, 593)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 9

Auto Idle Stop Function*

To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator (green) comes on. (P480)

At Automatic transmission Engine status

Deceleration

Stop

Start-up

Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal. On

Keep the brake pedal depressed.

U.S. Canada

With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal when the indicator comes on.

Off

Release the brake pedal. With the automatic brake hold system activated, depress the accelerator pedal.

Restarting

* Not available on all models

9

10

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 10

Safe Driving (P27)

Airbags (P41)

Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P56)

All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P74)

Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.

Before Driving Checklist (P32)

Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.

Seat Belts (P33)

Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat.

Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly.

Fasten your lap belt as low as possible.

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 11

Instrument Panel (P77)

System Indicators

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Charging System Indicator

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator

VSA OFF Indicator

Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Lights Indicators

Lights On Indicator

High Beam Indicator

Immobilizer System Indicator

Seat Belt Reminder Indicator

System Indicators

System Message Indicator

Brake System Indicator (Red)

Supplemental Restraint System Indicator

Low Fuel Indicator

Gauges (P119)/Multi-Information Display (MID) (P120)/System Indicators (P78)

Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators

Keyless Access System Indicator

Temperature Gauge

Security System Alarm Indicator Fuel Gauge

Tachometer

MID

Speedometer

Gear Position Indicator M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

Brake System Indicator (Amber)

SH-AWD Indicator*

Blind spot information (BSI) Indicator*

System Indicators

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

Fog Light Indicator*

Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)*/ Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)*

Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator

Automatic Brake Hold Indicator

U.S.

Canada

Electric Parking Brake System Indicator

Electric Parking Brake Indicator

U.S.

Canada

Auto High-Beam Indicator

* Not available on all models

11

12

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 12

Controls (P137)

Clock (P138)

a Enter the Clock Adjustment screen. 2 Adjusting the Clock (P138)

b Rotate to change hour, then move .

c Rotate to change minute, then press .

The navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically.

Models with navigation system

ENGINE START/STOP Button (P169)

Press the button to change the vehicles power mode.

Turn Signals (P172)

Lights (P173)

Turn Signal Control Lever

Right

Left

Light Control Switches

Low Beam

High Beam

Flashing

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 13

Wipers and Washers (P180)

*1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers

*2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers

Wiper/Washer Control Lever MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe

Pull toward you to spray washer fluid.

Adjustment Ring (-: Low Sensitivity*1

: Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2

(+: High Sensitivity*1

: Higher speed, more sweeps*2

AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: Cleaning the windshield Driving through a car wash No rain present

Steering Wheel (P188)

To adjust, push and hold the adjustment switch to move the steering wheel to the desired position.

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside (P152)

Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it at the same time.

Tailgate (P162, 157)

Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock and open the tailgate when you carry the keyless access remote.

Press the power tailgate button on the drivers door or the remote transmitter to open and close the power tailgate.

Tailgate Outer Handle

13

14

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 14

Power Door Mirrors (P190)

With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R.

Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.

Press the fold button* to fold the door mirrors.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

Fold Button*

Power Windows (P166)

With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows.

If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passengers window can be opened and closed with its own switch.

If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator is on), each passengers window switch is disabled.

Power Window Lock Button

Window Switch

Indicator

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 15

Climate Control System (P219)

Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. Press the button to turn the system on or off. Press the button or select the Front icon to defrost the windshield.

Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch

Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents.

Air flows from floor vents.

Air flows from floor and dashboard vents.

Air flows from dashboard vents.

AUTO Button

Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch

(On/Off) Button

Drivers Side Temperature Icon

Passengers Side Temperature Icon

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

(Windshield Defroster) Button

A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronization) Icon

Recirculation/ Fresh Air Mode Icon

Fan Control Icon

REAR (Rear Climate Control) IconVent Mode

Control Icon

Rear Climate Control (P229) Press the AUTO button to activate the

rear climate control system. Press the button to turn the system

on or off.

Rear Temperature Control Buttons

/ (Fan Control) Button

AUTO Button

(On/Off) Button

Mode Control Button

Air flows from the rear floor vents.

Air flow from the rear console vents and floor vents.

Air flows from the rear console vents.

* Not available on all models

15

16

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 16

Features (P231)

Audio System (P239) For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual

*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

Information Screen

Audio Menu

(CD Eject) Button

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob

BACK Button

Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button) INFO Button

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

PHONE Button

(Tune Down) Icon*1

Source

(Day/Night) Button

Tune*1

CD Slot

(Information) Icon

Preset Icons*1

(Tune Up) Icon*1

Stations*1

SCAN*1

SMARTPHONE Button

SETTINGS Button

Front/Rear*

NAV Button*

HD Radio List*, *1

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 17

Models with rear entertainment system

Disc Slot

REAR (Power) Button

(Eject) Button

Audio Remote Controls (P237)

SOURCE Button Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/ SiriusXM/CD/Rear DVD*/HDD*/USB/iPod/ Apple CarPlay/Android Auto/Bluetooth Audio/Pandora*/AUX.

Left Selector Wheel Roll to adjust the volume up/down. Radio:Move to a side to change the

preset station. Move to a side and hold to select the next or previous strong station.

CD/HDD*/USB device: Move to a side to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Move to a side and hold to change a folder.

Left Selector Wheel

SOURCE Button

* Not available on all models

17

18

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 18

Driving (P445)

Automatic Transmission (P472)

Always depress the brake pedal before selecting (P or changing the gear position from (P. Select (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.

Park Press the (P button. Used when parking or before turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked.

Reverse Pull back the (R button. Used when reversing.

Neutral Press the (N button. Transmission is not locked.

Drive Press the button. Used for normal driving. Sequential shift mode can be used temporarily.

D/S

Gear Position Indicator The gear position indicator and the shift button indicator indicate the current gear selection.

Gear Position Indicator

Shift Button Indicator

Gear selection

S Position Press the button twice. Sequential shift mode can be used.

D/S

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 19

Paddle Shifters (P479) Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual

transmission (1st through 9th). This is useful for engine braking.

When the transmission is in (D The transmission will shift back to

automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising.

When the transmission is in (S Holds the selected gear, and the

M (sequential mode) indicator comes on.

The sequential mode gear selection is shown in the instrument panel.

Gear Position Indicator

Shift Down (- Paddle Shifter

Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter

Selected Gear Number

M Indicator

19

20

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 20

VSA On and Off (P518)

The vehicle stability assist (VSA) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces.

VSA comes on automatically every time you start the engine.

To partially disable or fully restore VSA function, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.

CMBSTM On and Off (P539)

When a possible collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision.

The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine.

To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist (P524, 657)

The TPMS monitors tire pressure. TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine. TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment.

Refueling (P568)

a Press the fuel fill door release button.

b After refueling, wait for about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle.

Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher recommended

Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 liters)

Wait for five seconds

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 21

AcuraWatchTM

TM

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

AcuraWatch is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located in the front grille and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rear view mirror.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

The radar sensor is in the front grille.

Front Sensor Camera

Radar Sensor

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) (P489)

Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator.

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System (P504)

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) (P509)

Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) (P536)

Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

21

22

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 22

Maintenance (P573)

Under the Hood (P581)

Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary.

Check brake fluid. Check the battery condition monthly.

a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard.

b Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.

c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place.

Lights (P593)

Inspect all lights regularly.

Wiper Blades (P598)

Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield.

Tires (P602)

Inspect tires and wheels regularly. Check tire pressures regularly. Install snow tires for winter

driving.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 23

Handling the Unexpected (P625)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

Flat Tire (P627)

Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the tire repair kit.

Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire located under the cargo area.

Indicators Come On (P653)

Identify the indicator and consult the owners manual.

Vehicles with tire repair kit

Vehicles with compact spare tire

Engine Wont Start (P646)

If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery.

Blown Fuse (P658)

Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate.

Overheating (P651)

Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down.

Emergency Towing (P666)

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

23

24

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 24

What to Do If

The power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to ACCESSORY. Why?

The steering wheel may be locked. Move the steering wheel left and right

after pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal.

2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P534)

The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in the lock position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, slide the lever up to the unlock position.

Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security.

Canadian models

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 25

Why does the beeper sound when I open the drivers door?

The beeper sounds when: The power mode is in ACCESSORY. The exterior lights are left on. Auto Idle Stop* is in operation.

Why does a beeper sound when I walk away from the vehicle after I close the door?

The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock operating range before the door completely closes.

2 Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock) (P144)

Why does the beeper sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.

Pulling the electric parking brake switch does not release the parking brake. Why?

Pull the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.

Im seeing an amber indicator of a tire with an exclamation point. What is that?

The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. Check tire pressure.

2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P657)

* Not available on all models

25

26

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 26

Depressing the accelerator pedal does not release the parking brake automatically. Why?

Fasten the drivers seat belt. Check if the transmission is in (P or (N. If so, select any other

position.

Why does the gear position automatically change to (P when I open the drivers door to check for parking space lines when reversing?

Fasten the drivers seat belt. Close the drivers door and manually change the gear

position. uWhen opening the drivers door (P475)

Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or lower on this vehicle?

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 27

Safe Driving

You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions.............. 28 Important Handling Information......... 30 Your Vehicles Safety Features............ 31 Safety Checklist ................................. 32

Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts ........................ 33 Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 36 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 40

Airbags Airbag System Components............... 41 Types of Airbags ................................ 44 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 44 Drivers Knee Airbag .......................... 48 Side Airbags....................................... 50 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 52 Airbag System Indicators.................... 53 Airbag Care ....................................... 55

Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 56 Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 58 Safety of Larger Children ................... 72

Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 74

Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 75

27

28

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 28

For Safe Driving

1Important Safety Precautions

Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving.

The following pages explain your vehicles safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important.

Important Safety Precautions Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat.

Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.

Dont drink and drive Alcohol and driving dont mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So dont drink and drive, and dont let your friends drink and drive, either.

uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Safety Precautions Safe D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 29

Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving.

Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle Children left unattended in the vehicle may be injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which the children and/or another person(s) can be injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in injury or death. Even if the climate control system is on, never leave children in the vehicle unattended as the climate control system can shut off at any time.

29

30

uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Handling Information

Safe D rivin

g

1Important Handling Information

For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover, read:

2 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle P. 470

2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 463 Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 30

Important Handling Information Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.

These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tipping or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicles Safety Features Safe D

rivin g

1Your Vehicles Safety Features

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash.

Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash.

However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 31

Your Vehicles Safety Features

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers.

6

7

8

9

10

12

Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks

Side Airbags

11

Seat Belt Tensioners

6

7

8

9

9

10

11

11

12

7

Knee Airbag

10

31

32

uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist

Safe D rivin

g

1Safety Checklist

If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on the multi-information display (MID), a door and/or the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors and the tailgate tightly until the message disappears.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 32

Safety Checklist For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are

closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the tailgate.

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 151

Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 192

Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.

2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 198

Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well.

2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36

Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a childs age, height and weight.

2 Child Safety P. 56

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 33

Seat Belts

Safe D

rivin g

1About Your Seat Belts

Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury.

Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts.

If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt, then extend it slowly.

3WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags.

Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly.

About Your Seat Belts Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.

In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers

Lap/shoulder seat belts All six or seven seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The front passengers, second row and third row seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.

2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 66

33Continued

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

34

Safe D rivin

g

1About Your Seat Belts

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt.

1Seat Belt Reminder

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after the power mode is set to ON.

When no one is sitting in the front passengers seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound. The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them.

2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 34

Proper use of seat belts Follow these guidelines for proper use: All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position

for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.

Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash.

Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

The seat belt system includes an indicator on the instrument panel to remind the driver or a front passenger or both to fasten their seat belts. If you set the power mode to ON and a seat belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. After a few seconds, the beeper will stop and the indicator will come on and remain illuminated until the seat belt is fastened.

Seat Belt Reminder

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts Safe D

rivin g

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash.

During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 35

The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.

The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags or the drivers knee airbag.

Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

35

36

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe D rivin

g

1Fastening a Seat Belt

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.

Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 36

Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat:

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 192

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or

caught on anything.

Pull out slowly.

Correct Seated Posture.

Latch Plate

Buckle

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D

rivin g

1Fastening a Seat Belt

To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing door.

3WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving.

1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time.

After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 37

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries.

4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body.

The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants.

1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button.

2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder.

Lap belt as low as possible

Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

Push

Continued 37

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

38

Safe D rivin

g

1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor

To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.

3WARNING Using the seat belt with the detachable anchor unlatched increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash.

Before using the seat belt, make sure the detachable anchor is correctly latched.

Small Latch Plate

Latch Plate

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 38

1. Pull out the seat belts small latch plate and the latch plate from each holding slot in the ceiling.

2. Line up the triangle marks on the small latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt to the anchor buckle.

3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle. Properly fasten the seat belt the same way you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.

Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor Models with second row bench seat

Small Latch Plate

Latch Plate

Small Latch Plate

Anchor Buckle

Latch Plate

Buckle

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D

rivin g

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive.

To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far

back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle.

When sitting in the front passengers seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 39

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.

Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen.

Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.

39

40

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Safe D rivin

g

1Seat Belt Inspection

3WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed.

Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 40

Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract

easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only

use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.

Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 41

Airbags

Safe D

rivin g

6

9

12

Airbag System Components

13

7

810119

9

9

6

9

41Continued

42

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 42

The front, drivers knee, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes:

aTwo SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The drivers airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passengers airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.

bDrivers knee airbag. The knee airbag is stored under the steering column. It is marked SRS AIRBAG.

cTwo side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seat- backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

dTwo side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

eAn electronic control unit that, when the vehicle is on, continually monitors information about the various impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat belt tensioners, and other vehicle information. During a crash event the unit can record such information.

fAutomatic front seat belt tensioners. In addition, the drivers and front passengers seat belt buckles incorporate sensors that detect whether or not the belts are fastened.

gA drivers seat position sensor. This sensor determines the optimal force at which the airbag will deploy in a crash.

hWeight sensors in the front passengers seat. The front passengers airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child).

i Impact sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

jAn indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passengers front airbag has been turned off.

kAn indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners.

lSafing Sensor

mA rollover sensor that can detect if your vehicle is about to roll over and signal the control unit to deploy both side curtain airbags.

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe D

rivin g

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.

When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 43

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy.

Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.

Do not attach or place objects on the front and drivers knee airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

Important Facts About Your Airbags

43

44

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Types of Airbags

The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON.

After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

1Front Airbags (SRS)

During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 44

Types of Airbags Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags: Front airbags: Airbags in front of the drivers and front passengers seats. Drivers knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column. Side airbags: Airbags in the drivers and front passengers seat-backs. Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages.

Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.

The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

Housing Locations

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D

rivin g

1How the Front Airbags Work

Although the drivers and front passengers airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 45

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.

A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest.

The front airbags deflate immediately so that they wont interfere with the drivers visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

Operation

How the Front Airbags Work

Continued 45

46

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 46

When front airbags should not deploy Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide little if any protection. When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage

appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D

rivin g

1Advanced Airbags

If there is a problem with the drivers seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of the drivers seating position) with a force corresponding to the severity of the impact.

For the advanced airbags to work properly: Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. Do not put any object under the passengers seat. Make sure any objects are positioned properly on

the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly.

Do not cover the passengers side dashboard with a cloth, towel, cover, etc.

2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 54

Make sure the floor mat behind the front passengers seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

2 Floor Mats P. 619

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 47

The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants.

The drivers advanced airbag system includes a seat position sensor.

Based on information from this sensor and the severity of the impact, the advanced airbag system determines the optimal deployment of the drivers airbag.

The front passengers advanced airbag system has weight sensors.

We advise against allowing a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passengers seat. However, if you do allow a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passengers seat, note that the system will automatically turn off the front passengers airbag if the sensors detect that the child is approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less.

Advanced Airbags

Drivers Seat Position Sensor

Passengers Seat Weight Sensors

47

48

uuAirbagsuDrivers Knee Airbag

Safe D rivin

g

1Drivers Knee Airbag

Do not attach accessories on or near the drivers knee airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

The driver should not store any items under the seat or behind their feet. The items can interfere with proper airbag deployment in the event of a moderate to sever frontal collision and may result in inadequate protection.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 48

Drivers Knee Airbag The drivers knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by the vehicles other safety features.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.

The drivers knee airbag is housed under the steering column.

The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.

When the drivers front airbag inflates, the drivers knee airbag also inflates.

Housing Locations

Housing Location

Operation

When inflated

Knee Airbag

uuAirbagsuDrivers Knee Airbag Safe D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 49

When drivers knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

When drivers knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage appears severe

Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.

49

50

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Side Airbags

Make sure you and your front seat passenger always sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can prevent the airbag from deploying properly and increases your risk of serious injury.

Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 50

Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact.

The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the drivers and passengers seat- backs.

Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

When the sensors detect a moderate-to- severe side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate.

Housing Locations

Housing Location

Operation

When inflated

Side Airbag

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Safe D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 51

When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicles framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag.

When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe

It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicles crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

51

52

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Side Curtain Airbags

If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners.

If the impact is on the passengers side, the passengers side curtain airbag deploys even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.

To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.

Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 52

Side Curtain Airbags The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes.

The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle.

The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side impact.

Housing Locations

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

Operation

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators Safe D

rivin g

1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

3WARNING Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 53

When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision.

Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the MID.

When the power mode is set to ON The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you dont, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

Continued 53

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

54

Safe D rivin

g

1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator

If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and no objects on the passengers seat, or with an adult riding there, something may be interfering with the weight sensors, such as: An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back

pocket. A child seat or other object pressing against the

rear of the seat-back. A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of

the front passengers seat. The front seat or seat-back is forced back against

an object on the seat or floor behind it. An object placed under the front passengers seat.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The passenger front airbag off indicator may come on and go off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 54

When the passenger front airbag off indicator comes on

The indicator comes on to alert you that the passengers front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the weight sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat.

Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 2 Child Safety P. 56

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If the front passenger seat is empty, the passengers front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will not come on.

Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator

U.S. Canada

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Safe D

rivin g

1Airbag Care

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 55

Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

When the airbags have deployed If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced.

When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the drivers seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passengers seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the drivers seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passengers seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.

55

56

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 56

Child Safety

1Protecting Child Passengers

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride.

3WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash.

Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.

Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle.

Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: An inflating front or side airbag can injure

or kill a child sitting in the front seat.

A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the drivers ability to safely control the vehicle.

Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat.

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers Safe D

rivin g

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

To remind you of the passengers front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels.

2 Safety Labels P. 75

3WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death.

Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 57

Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision.

Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.

Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash.

Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.

Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

57

58

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe D rivin

g

1Protecting Infants

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the childs height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position.

Always refer to the child seat manufacturers instructions before installation.

Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat installed in a rear seating position: The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly detect the actual weight of the occupant.

3WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash.

Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 58

Safety of Infants and Small Children

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturers weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old.

Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat and the seat in front of it.

It can also interfere with proper operation of the passengers advanced front airbag system.

2 Airbags P. 41

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passengers seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

Protecting Infants

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Protecting Smaller Children

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturers instructions.

3WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates.

If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 59

If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations of a rearward facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the forward facing child seat.

Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forward- facing child seat in a rear seating position.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passengers front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child.

Protecting Smaller Children

Continued 59

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

60

Safe D rivin

g

1Selecting a Child Seat

Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple.

LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 60

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturers use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your childs safety.

In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owners manual for proper installation instructions.

Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

Selecting a Child Seat

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

3WARNING Never attach two child seats to the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child seat attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 61

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in the second row seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.

1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Models with second row captain seat

Marks

Marks

Models with second row bench seat

Continued 61

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

62

Safe D rivin

g

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

For your childs safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 62

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure

that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object.Rigid Type

Lower Anchors

Flexible Type

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 63

Second row captain seat

3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper- most position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper most position, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.

5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.

6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.

2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56

Straight Top Tether Type

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Other Top Tether Type

Straight Top Tether Type

Other Top Tether Type

All Types

63Continued

64

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 64

Second row bench seat

3. Put the outer head restraint to its uppermost position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper most position, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

3. Put the center head restraint to its lowest position, then route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Straight Top Tether Type

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Other Top Tether Type

Outer position

Straight Top Tether Type

Outer position

Other Top Tether Type

Center position

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 65

4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.

5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.

6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.

2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56

All positions

65Continued

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

66

Safe D rivin

g

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 66

A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely necessary, the front passenger seat.

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat

according to the seat manufacturers instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor.

4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and check that the retractor has switched modes by pulling on the webbing. It should not pull out again until it is reset by removing the latch plate from the buckle. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt

out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 4.

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 67

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on

the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; less than one inch of movement should occur near the seat belt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.

2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56

Continued 67

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

68

Safe D rivin

g

1Adding Security with a Tether

Always use a tether for forward facing child seats when using the seat belt or lower anchors.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 68

A tether anchorage point is provided behind each second and third row seating position. If you have a child restraint system that comes with a tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the tether may be used for additional security.

Adding Security with a Tether

Models with second row captain seat

Tether Anchorage Points

Tether Anchorage Points

Models with second row bench seat

Tether Anchorage Points

Third row seat

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 69

Using a second row anchor

1. Put the outer head restraint to its upper- most position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

1. Put the outer head restraint to its upper most position, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

Models with second row captain seat

Anchor

Tether Strap Hook

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Other Top Tether Type

Straight Top Tether Type Outer positions

Straight Top Tether Type

Outer positions

Other Top Tether Type

69Continued

70

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 70

1. Put the center head restraint to its lowest position, then route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

2. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.

Anchor

Models with second row bench seat

Tether Strap Hook

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Other Top Tether Type

Straight Top Tether Type

Center position of second row bench seat

All positions

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 71

Using a third row anchor

1. Pull up the head restraint and push rearwards until it latches, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

1. Pull up the head restraint and push rearwards until it latches, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

2. Open the anchor cover. 3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

child seat manufacturer.

Other Top Tether Type

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Third row seat

Straight Top Tether Type

Anchor

Tether Strap Hook

Straight Top Tether Type

Other Top Tether Type

All Types

71

72

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safe D rivin

g

1Safety of Larger Children

3WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passengers front airbag inflates.

If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 72

Safety of Larger Children

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front.

When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions.

Checklist Do the childs knees bend comfortably over

the edge of the seat? Does the shoulder belt cross between the

childs neck and arm? Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as

possible, touching the childs thighs? Will the child be able to stay seated like this

for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

Protecting Larger Children

Checking Seat Belt Fit

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safe D

rivin g

1Booster Seats

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly.

Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 73

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in the rear seat. For the childs safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturers recommendations.

Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information

in this manual. Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the

seat.

Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly.

Booster Seats

Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks

73

74

Safe D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 74

Exhaust Gas Hazard

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine.

3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.

Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.

Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide.

Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior.

Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. The exhaust system may have been damaged. The vehicle is raised for an oil change.

When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.

1. Select the fresh air mode.

2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 75

Safety Labels

Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels

Safe D rivin

g

carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement.

Sun Visor

U.S. models Canadian models

Radiator Cap

U.S. models only Dashboard

U.S. models only

Sun Visor

75

76

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 76

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 77

Instrument Panel

This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 78 Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages ............. 100

Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID) Gauges............................................ 119 MID ................................................. 120

77

78

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 78

Indicators

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Brake System Indicator (Red)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the brake fluid level is low.

Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system.

Comes on while driving - Check the brake fluid level.

2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 655

Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On P. 655

U.S.

Canada

(Red)

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 79

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Brake System Indicator (Amber)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system.

Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability.

Comes on if there is a problem with the automatic brake hold system.

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532

U.S.

Canada

(Amber)

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

79Continued

80

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 80

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Electric Parking Brake Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released.

Comes on for about 15 seconds then goes off when you push the electric parking brake switch with the power mode in OFF.

Comes on for about 15 seconds then goes off when you set the power mode to OFF with the parking brake applied.

Blinks and the electric parking brake system indicator comes on at the same time - There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. The parking brake may not be set.

Comes on when you pull the electric parking brake switch without depressing the brake pedal.

Depress the brake pedal to release the parking brake.

2 Parking Brake P. 528

Electric Parking Brake System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system.

Comes on while driving - Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

2 If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On P. 656

U.S.

Canada

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 81

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the automatic brake hold system is on.

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532

Automatic Brake Hold Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the automatic brake hold is activated.

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532

U.S.

Canada

81Continued

82

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 82

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.

Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place.

2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 653

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off either when the engine starts or after several seconds if the engine did not start. If readiness codes have not been set, it blinks five times before it goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control systems.

Blinks when a misfire in the engines cylinders is detected.

Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems.

2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 678 Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle

checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place

where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take your vehicle to a dealer.

2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 654

Charging System Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on when the battery is not charging.

Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption.

2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 653

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 83

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Gear Position Indicator

Indicates the current gear selection. 2 Shifting P. 472

M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

Comes on when the manual sequential shift mode is applied.

2 Sequential Mode P. 478

83Continued

84

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 84

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Transmission System Indicator

The indicated current gear selection blinks if there is a problem with the transmission system.

Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and stop in a safe place immediately. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

All the gear positions may light for several seconds, and go off.

When all the gear positions light, immediately stop your vehicle in a safe place.

Indicators go off if there is no problem. However, even if they go off, take your vehicle to a dealer for inspection.

The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if there is a problem with the transmission system, and the vehicle no longer moves.

Immediately stop in a safe place. 2 Emergency Towing P. 666

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if you cannot select (P due to the transmission system failure.

The engine can be activated as a temporary measure.

2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message P. 657

Set the parking brake when parking. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer

immediately.

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 85

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Seat Belt Reminder Indicator

Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON.

If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on about a few seconds later.

Blinks while driving if either you and/or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals.

The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts.

Stays on after you and/or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt(s) - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 34

Low Fuel Indicator

Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 2.5 U.S. gal./9.5 Liter left).

Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge.

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.

Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

85Continued

86

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 86

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function.

2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 534

Supplemental Restraint System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioner

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Auto High-Beam Indicator

Comes on when all the operating conditions of the Auto high- beam are met.

2 Auto High-Beam P. 177

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 87

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Blinks when VSA, or trailer stability assist is active.

Comes on if there is a problem with the VSA, hill start assist, trailer stability assist or brake lighting system.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 517

2 Trailer Stability Assist P. 460 2 Hill start assist system P. 469

When Trailer Stability Assist Problem is displayed on the MID, the VSA does not activate.

VSA OFF Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you partially disable VSA.

2 VSA On and Off P. 518

87Continued

88

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 88

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 655

Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes significantly low.

Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a spare tire* is temporarily installed.

Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary.

Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a spare, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can.

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators

Blinks when you operate the turn signal lever.

Blinks along with all turn signals if you press the hazard warning button.

Does not blink or blinks rapidly 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 593

High Beam Indicator

Comes on when the high beam headlights are on.

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 89

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Lights On Indicator

Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or in AUTO when the exterior lights are on.

If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the drivers door is opened.

Fog Light Indicator*

Comes on when the fog lights are on.

Immobilizer System Indicator

Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information.

Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then select the ON mode again.

Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.

89Continued* Not available on all models

90

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 90

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Security System Alarm Indicator

Blinks when the security system alarm has been set.

2 Security System Alarm P. 163

System Message Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the MID appears at the same time.

While the indicator is on, roll the multi- function steering wheel control to see the message again.

Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter when a system message appears on the MID. Take the appropriate action for the message.

The MID does not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the multi- function steering-wheel controls is rolled.

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 91

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Keyless Access System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on as soon as a problem is detected in the keyless access system or keyless starting system.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Super Handling- All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) Indicator*

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the SH-AWD system.

Blinks when the differential temperature is too high.

Stays on constantly - The engine drives the front wheels only in this state. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place, put the transmission into (P , and idle the engine until the indicator goes off. If the indicator does not stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer.

2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* P. 523

91Continued* Not available on all models

92

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 92

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)*

Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is in operation. The engine automatically shuts off.

2 Auto Idle Stop* P. 480

Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)*

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Blinks if there is a problem with the Auto Idle Stop System.

Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on when Auto Idle Stop System has been turned off by Auto Idle Stop OFF Button. 2 Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 481

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 93

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green)

Comes on when you press the MAIN button.

2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 509

Comes on when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

Goes off - The camera has been cooled down and the system activates normally.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

93Continued

94

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 94

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on when the RDM system shuts itself off.

Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 95

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Amber)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with ACC with LSF.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Green)

Comes on when you press the MAIN button.

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489

Comes on if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front.

May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

ACC has been automatically canceled.

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.

95Continued

96

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 96

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Green)

Comes on when ACC with LSF is in operation, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. ACC with LSF cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

Goes off - The camera has been cooled down and the system activates normally.

Comes on when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

May come on when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 97

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A multi-information display message appears for five seconds.

Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM.

Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 536

97Continued

98

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 98

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator

Comes on when the CMBSTM system shuts itself off.

Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 536

Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 99

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Blind spot information (BSI) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Stays on while BSI is turned off.

Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.

Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.

2 Blind spot information (BSI) System* P. 520

Comes on if there is a problem with the system.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Models with BSI

99* Not available on all models

100

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 100

Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the MID. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to see the message again with the system

message indicator on.

Message Condition Explanation

Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely closed.

Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are closed.

Appears when the hood is opened. Close the hood.

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

washer fluid. Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 592

Customized Features P. 126

ay find it difficult to accelerate, or to start the e on uphill. diately stop in a safe place in (P. e engine idle until the message disappears.

se the accelerator pedal. that, depress the brake pedal and change the ission position.

your vehicle checked by a dealer. Checking the Battery P. 611

ff the climate control system and rear defogger to e electricity consumption. If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 653

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 101

Message Condition

Appears when the washer fluid is low. Refill 2

Appears while you are customizing the settings and the transmission is in other than (P .

2

Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle does not operate properly.

You m vehicl

Imme Let th

Appears if you depress the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in (N .

Relea After transm

Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery.

Have 2

Appears along with the battery charging system indicator when the battery is not charging.

Turn o reduc

2

101Continued

102

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 102

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon. Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and

Maintenance Past Due follow. 2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-

Information Display (MID) P. 578

Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high.

2 Overheating P. 651

Appears when there is a problem with the power tailgate system.

Manually open or close the power tailgate. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

U.S.

Canada

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 103

Message Condition Explanation

Appears if there is a problem with the starter system. Hold the ENGINE START/STOP button up to 15 seconds to start the engine.

2 Starting the Engine P. 465 Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON.

2 Starting the Engine P. 465

Appears when the engine does not restart automatically due to the following reason:

The hood is open. There is a problem in the system that disables Auto Idle

Stop.

Follow the normal procedure to start the engine. 2 Starting the Engine P. 465

Close the hood.

Appears when the steering wheel is locked. Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.

U.S.

Canada

Models with Auto Idle Stop Models with Auto Idle Stop

Canadian models

103Continued

104

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 104

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

Appears after the drivers door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

Appears when you close the door with the power mode is in ON without the keyless access remote inside the vehicle.

Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote back inside the vehicle and close the door.

2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 171

Appears when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak.

Replace the battery as soon as possible. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 613

Appears if the keyless access remotes battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not within operating range to start the engine. The beeper sounds six times.

Bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button to be touched with.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 647

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

lect another gear position while in (P the engine be ON.

the (P button If you leave the vehicle.

the (P button before release the brake pedal idling, parking or exiting the vehicle. Shift Operation P. 474

want to set the power mode to ON, put the ission into (P.

want to start the engine, follow the normal dure. Starting the Engine P. 465

with Auto Idle Stop

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 105

Message Condition

Appears when you attempt to put the transmission into another gear position with the transmission in (P and the engine OFF.

To se must

Appears when you try to change the gear position after the position has automatically been changed to (P with the drivers door open and the drivers seat belt unfastened.

Press

Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the drivers seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the vehicle may roll unintentionally.

Press when

2

Appears when the engine stops without the transmission in (P , and does not restart automatically.

Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop activates.

If you transm

If you proce

2

Models with Auto Idle Stop Models

105Continued

106

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Explanation

If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 476

pears when you set the gear position to other than

If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 476

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 106

Message Condition

Appears for a few seconds if you have not pressed the (N button long enough to initiate Neutral-Hold mode. 2

Appears when you press and hold (N button for more than 2 seconds.

Disap (N .

2

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

ss the brake pedal, then select a shift button.

se your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select a utton.

sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before ting the select button.

the seat belt properly before you start to drive. Shift Operation P. 474

ss the brake pedal until this message disappear.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 107

Message Condition

Appears when you try to change the gear position without depressing the brake pedal.

Depre

Appears when you try to change the gear position without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.

Relea shift b

Appears when the (P button is pressed while the vehicle is moving.

Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is reversing.

Make opera

Appears when you set the power mode to ON without fastening the drivers seat belt.

Appears when you change the gear position after (P has been automatically selected with the drivers door open, the drivers seat belt unfastened, then the brake pedal is released.

Fasten 2

Appears when you press the (P button but it is not engaged due to low ATF temperature.

Depre

107Continued

108

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Explanation

Integrated Dynamics System P. 486

slowly to prevent overheating and have your le checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

ars while driving - The headlights may not be hen conditions allow you to drive safety, have

vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

k if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on or the r does not stop even after you clean the area,

the system checked by a dealer.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 108

Message Condition

Appears when pressing the Dynamic Mode button. u Press again to change the next mode.

2

Appears if there is a problem with the cooling system. Drive vehic

Appears when there is a problem with the headlights. Appe on. W your

Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor system*.

Chec mud, beepe have

* Not available on all models

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

diately depress the brake pedal.

Automatic Brake Hold P. 532

the drivers seat belt. Automatic Brake Hold P. 532

the automatic brake hold button with the brake depressed. Automatic Brake Hold P. 532

Automatic Brake Hold P. 532 Parking Brake P. 528

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 109

Message Condition

Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically canceled while it is in operation.

Imme

Appears when the automatic brake hold system is turned off.

2

Appears when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without wearing the drivers seat belt.

Fasten 2

Appears when the automatic brake hold button is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold is in operation.

Press pedal

2

Appears when the parking brake is applied automatically while it is in operation. 2

2

109Continued

110

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Explanation

ally operate the headlight switch. are driving with the high-beam headlights when appens, the headlights are changed to low beams.

he climate control system to cool down the ra. off - The camera has been cooled down. Turing eadlight switch in AUTO can resume the system. Front Sensor Camera P. 487

your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message s back on after you cleaned the area around the ra.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 110

Message Condition

Appears if there is a problem with the Auto high-beam. Manu If you

this h

Appears when the Auto high-beam is in operation, or the headlight switch is turned in AUTO, but there the temperature inside the camera is too high. The Auto high-beam cancels automatically.

Use t came

Goes the h

2

Appears when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

Have come came

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 111

Message Condition Explanation

Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you.

Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.)

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 536

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489

Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.

You can resume the set speed after the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/ +/SET/ switch up.

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 489

Appears when the vehicle speed slows down to 25 mph (40 km/h) and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the ACC with LSF range while ACC with LSF is in operation.

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 489

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the ACC with LSF range.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 489

Appears when the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF is in operation.

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 489

111Continued

112

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 112

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 489

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the drivers seat belt is unfastened.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 489

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the transmission is not in (D .

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 489

Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF. The beeper sounds.

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 489

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 113

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 489

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 489

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the parking brake is applied.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 489 2 Parking Brake P. 528

113Continued

114

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 114

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when you unlock and open the drivers door while the engine is running by two-way keyless access remote.

2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 467

Models with two-way keyless access remote

* Not available on all models

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 115

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane. Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel.

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected lane.

- Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

- Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel with steering assist when the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. The color of either line changes from white to amber as

the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 509 2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 504

Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by customization.

Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

When you selected Warning Only

When you selected Normal or Wide

115Continued

116

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Explanation

other system indicators come on, such as the , ABS and brake system, take appropriate action. Indicators P. 78

he climate control system to cool down the ra. off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing AS button can resume the system. Front Sensor Camera P. 487

your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator essage come back on after you cleaned the area d the camera.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 116

Message Condition

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by customization.

If any VSA

2

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there the temperature inside the LKAS camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if selected by customization.

Use t came

Goes the LK

2

Appears when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

Have and m aroun

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

Auto Idle Stop* P. 480

ars even though the battery is fully charged- ystem may not read the battery amount correctly. for a few minutes. ars after charging the battery or jump ng - Disconnect the negative - cable once and nect it again to the battery. Drive a few minutes.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 117

Message Condition

Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu.

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate for some reason.

Appears when the engine restarts automatically. Appears when the battery temperature is around 14F

(10C) or lower. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because

the climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the engine coolant temperature is low or high.

2

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the battery charge level is low.

Appe The s Drive

Appe starti recon

Models with Auto Idle Stop

117Continued* Not available on all models

118

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Explanation

ss the brake pedal firmly.

ngine restarts automatically in a few seconds. Starting the Engine P. 465

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 118

Message Condition

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the pressure to the brake pedal is not enough.

Depre

Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu.

Appears when the system is under the following conditions while Auto Idle Stop activates:

The battery charge level is low. The battery temperature is around 14F (10C) or

lower. The climate control system is in use, and the difference

between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.

The humidity in the interior is high.

The e 2

Models with Auto Idle Stop

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 119

Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)

In

stru m

en t Pan

el

1Fuel Gauge

NOTICE You should refuel when the reading approaches . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading.

E

1Temperature Gauge

NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal.

2 Overheating P. 651

Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.

Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).

Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.

Speedometer

Tachometer

Fuel Gauge

Temperature Gauge

119

120

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Elapsed Time Average Speed

SH-AWD*/ Dynamic Mode

Life

Turn-by-Turn Directions*

Compass*

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 120

MID The MID shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.

Main displays Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to change the display.

Switching the Display

Blank Instant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy

Range

Vehicle Settings

Tire Pressure for Each Tire

Engine OilMulti-function Steering- wheel Controls

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Outside Temperature

Trip B

TRIP

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 121

Lower displays Press the TRIP button to change the display.

Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has accumulated.

Odometer

TRIP Button

Trip AOdometer

TRIP

TRIP

121Continued

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID

122

In stru

m en

t Pan el

1Trip Meter

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the TRIP button.

1Outside Temperature

The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).

It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.

Use the MIDs customized features to correct the temperature.

2 Customized Features P. 126

1Average Fuel Economy

You can change when to reset the average fuel economy.

2 Customized Features P. 126

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 122

Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button until the trip meter is reset to 0.0.

Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading up to 5F or 3C if the temperature reading seems incorrect.

Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset.

Trip Meter

Outside Temperature

Average Fuel Economy

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In

stru m

en t Pan

el

1Elapsed Time

You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 126

1Average Speed

You can change when to reset the average speed. 2 Customized Features P. 126

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 123

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).

Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Instant Fuel Economy

Range

Elapsed Time

Average Speed

Continued 123

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID

124

In stru

m en

t Pan el

1Turn-by-Turn Directions

The multi-information display shows a compass when the route guidance is not used.

You can select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or not during the route guidance.

2 Customized Features P. 126 2 Refer to the navigation system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 124

The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to the right front, left front, right rear, and left rear wheels.

2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* P. 523

Shows the current mode for Dynamic Mode. 2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 486

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system.

2 Refer to the navigation system

SH-AWD Torque Distribution Monitor*

Current Mode for Dynamic Mode

Turn-by-Turn Directions Models with navigation system

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 125

Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 577

Shows each tires pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist P. 524

Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items

Tire Pressure Monitor

125Continued

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID

126

In stru

m en

t Pan el

1Customized Features

To customize other features, roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls.

2 List of customizable options P. 129 2 Example of customization settings P. 134

Customization is possible when you see the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen. The drivers ID indicates which remote transmitter you have used to unlock the drivers door. The customized settings are recalled every time you unlock the drivers door with that remote.

Put the transmission into (P before you attempt to change any customized setting.

Customizing is also available from the information screen. You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the multi-information display while the information screen shows the same menu.

2 Customized Features P. 126

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 126

Use the MID to customize certain features.

How to customize Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the multi-function steering-wheel controls while the power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.

Customized Features

Multi-function Steering- wheel Controls Roll: Changes the customize menus and items. Push: Enter the selected item.

MID: Goes to Vehicle Settings.

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 127

Customization flow Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to select Vehicle Settings and push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.

Vehicle Settings

Trip A Reset Timing

Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Memory Position Link

Door Unlock Mode

Keyless Access Beep

Driver Assist System Setup

Meter Setup

Driving Position Setup

Keyless Access Setup

Trip B Reset Timing

Forward Collision Warning Distance ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

ACC Display Speed Unit

Roll

Push

Roll

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Blind Spot Info*

Easy Entry/Exit

Roll

Roll

Walk Away Auto Lock

Roll Push

Keyless Access Light Flash

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Keyless Access Beep Volume*

Turn by Turn Display*

Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Road Departure Mitigation Setting

Push

Push

Push

Push

Reverse Alert Tone

Remote Start System On/Off*

127Continued* Not available on all models

128

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 128

Exit

Door Setup

Dynamic Mode Setup

Default All

Lighting Setup

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock

Keyless Lock Answer Back

Auto Folding Door Mirror*

Interior Light Dimming Time

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Roll

Push

Push

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Power Tailgate Setup Push

Power Open By Outer Handle

Keyless Open Mode

Push

Maintenance Info.

Roll

Push Preferred Dynamic Mode

Roll

Roll

Roll

Push Maintenance Reset

Security Relock Timer

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 129

List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Driver Assist System Setup

Forward Collision Warning Distance

Changes at which distance forward collision warning alerts.

Long/Normal*1/Short

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range.

On/Off*1

ACC Display Speed Unit Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the MID.

mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)

Road Departure Mitigation Setting

Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system.

Normal*1/Wide/Warning Only

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep

Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended.

On/Off*1

Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/ Visual Alert/Off

129Continued* Not available on all models

130

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Selectable Settings

English*1/Franais/Espaol

a few degrees. -5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.)

-3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)

trip meter A, eed A, and

When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1

trip meter B, eed B, and

When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1

en the change On*1/Off

idance screens On/Off*1

lay comes on On*1/Off

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 130

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description

Meter Setup

Language Selection Changes the displayed language.

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by

Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset average fuel economy A, average sp elapsed time A.

Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset average fuel economy B, average sp elapsed time B.

Reverse Alert Tone Causes the beeper to sound once wh the gear position to (R.

Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop gu comes on.

Turn by Turn Display* Select whether the turn-by-turn disp during the route guidance.

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 131

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Driving Position Setup

Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off.

On*1/Off

Easy Entry/Exit Moves the seat rearward and steering wheel fully up when you get in/get out of the vehicle. Changes the setting for this feature.

Seat & Steering Wheel*1/ Seat Only/Steering Wheel Only/Off

Keyless Access Setup

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the drivers door handle.

Drivers Door or Tailgate Only*1/All Doors

Keyless Access Beep Volume* Changes the beep volume. High*1/Low

Keyless Access Light Flash

Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Remote Start System On/Off* Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off

Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the settings for the automatic locking the doors when you walk away from the vehicle while carrying the keyless access remote.

On/Off*1

131Continued* Not available on all models

132

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 132

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Lighting Setup

Interior Light Dimming Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors.

60sec/30sec*1/15sec

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the drivers door.

60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min

Door Setup

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically lock.

With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift From P/Off

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically unlock.

All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted To Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Sets up either the drivers door or all doors to unlock on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.

Driver Door*1/All Doors

Keyless Lock Answer Back

LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

On*1/Off

Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec*1

Auto Folding Door Mirror* Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.

Auto Fold With Keyless*1/ Manual Only

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 133

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Power Tailgate Setup

Keyless Open Mode Changes the keyless setting for when the power tailgate opens.

Anytime*1/When Unlocked

Power Open By Outer Handle

Changes the setting to open power tailgate by tailgate outer handle.

Off (Manual Only)/On (Power/Manual)*1

Dynamic Mode Setup

Preferred Dynamic Mode

Changes the Dynamic Mode setting for when you set the power mode to ON.

Last Used*1/Comfort/ Normal/Sport

Maintenance Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service.

Cancel/Reset

Default All Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default.

Cancel/Set

133Continued

134

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID

In stru

m en

t Pan el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 134

Example of customization settings The steps for changing the Trip A Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are shown below. The default setting for Trip A Reset Timing is Manually Reset.

1. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to select Vehicle Settings, then push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.

2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until Meter Setup appears on the display.

3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. u Language Selection appears first on

the display.

uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID In

stru m

en t Pan

el

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 135

4. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until Trip A Reset Timing appears on the display, then push the multi- function steering-wheel controls. u The display switches to the

customization setup screen, where you can select When Refueled, IGN Off, Manually Reset, or Exit.

5. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls and select When Refueled, then push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. u The When Refueled Setup screen

appears, then the display returns to the customization menu screen.

6. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until Exit appears on the display, then push the multi-function steering- wheel controls.

7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the normal screen.

135

136

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 136

* Not available on all m

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 137

Controls

This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 138 Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Types and Functions .................. 139 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength......................................... 141

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 142

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................. 151

Childproof Door Locks ..................... 153 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 154

Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 155 Security System

Immobilizer System .......................... 163 Security System Alarm...................... 163

odels

Opening and Closing the Windows ...166 Opening and Closing the Moonroof..168 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 169 Turn Signals ..................................... 172 Light Switches.................................. 173 Fog Lights* ...................................... 176 Daytime Running Lights ................... 176 Auto High-Beam.............................. 177 Wipers and Washers ........................ 180 Brightness Control ........................... 184 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button..185 Driving Position Memory System ...... 186 Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 188

Adjusting the Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 189 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 190

Adjusting the Seats Front Seats ...................................... 192 Second Row Seats ........................... 194 Third Row Seats............................... 203 Armrest ........................................... 204

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items Interior Lights .................................. 206 Interior Convenience Items .............. 208

Climate Control System Using Automatic Climate Control .... 219 Rear Climate Control System ........... 226 Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 230

137

138

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 138

Clock

1Clock

These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial. Rotate to select. Press to enter. Move to select a secondary menu.

You can customize the clock display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock.

2 Customized Features P. 358

You can turn the clock display in the information screen on and off.

2 Customized Features P. 358

You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is moving.

The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does not need to be adjusted.

Except Canadian models

Models with navigation system

Adjusting the Clock

You can adjust the time manually in the information screen, with the power mode in ON.

Using the Settings menu on the information screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock

Adjustment. 3. Rotate to change hour, then move . 4. Rotate to change minute, then press

.

Adjusting the Time

Models without navigation system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 139

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

C

o n

tro ls

1Key Types and Functions

All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft.

2 Immobilizer System P. 163

Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the keys: Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in

locations with high temperature or high humidity. Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand. Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the

battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the keyless access system may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer.

You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote.

2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 467

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys:

Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock all the doors and tailgate. You can also use the keyless access system to lock and unlock all the doors and tailgate.

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Models without two-way keyless access remote

139Continued* Not available on all models

140

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 140

The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/ unlock operation is disabled.

To remove the built-in key, slide the release knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall the built-in key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks.

Built-in Key

Built-in Key

Release Knob

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Release Knob

Built-in Key

Models without two-way keyless access remote

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength C

o n

tro ls

1Key Number Tag

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer.

If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer.

1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength

Communication between the keyless access remote and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remotes battery. Battery life is about two years, but this varies depending on regularity of use. The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 141

Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key.

Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors and tailgate, or to start the engine.

In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors and tailgate, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications

equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.

Key Number Tag

141

142

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

C o

n tro

ls

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior light comes on when you unlock the doors and tailgate. No doors opened: The light fades out after 30 seconds. Doors and tailgate relocked: The light goes off immediately.

2 Interior Lights P. 206

1Using the Keyless Access System

If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system, the doors and tailgate will automatically relock.

You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 142

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and the tailgate.

You can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle or tailgate outer handle.

Using the Keyless Access System Models without rear door touch sensor

Models with rear door touch sensor

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Keyless Access System

Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.

Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range.

The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range.

If you grip a door handle wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking the doors.

After locking the door, you have up to two seconds during which you can pull the door handle to confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait at least two seconds before gripping the handle, otherwise the door will not unlock.

The door might not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle.

Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle.

The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass.

The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings can be customized using the information screen or multi-information display (MID).

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 143

Locking the doors and tailgate Press the door lock button on the front or rear* doors, or on the tailgate. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper

sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock; and the security system sets.

Door Lock Button

Lock Button

Continued 143* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

144

C o

n tro

ls

1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)

The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory default setting. The auto lock function can be set to ON using the information screen or MID. If you set the auto lock function to ON using the information screen or the MID, only the remote transmitter that was used to unlock the drivers door prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

After the auto lock function has been activated, when you stay within the locking/unlocking operation range, the indicator on the keyless access remote will continue to flash until the doors are locked.

When you stay beside the vehicle within the operation range, the doors will automatically lock approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds.

When you open a door after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will be delayed until all doors and tailgate are closed.

When all doors and tailgate have been closed and the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle, or if the keyless access remote is not detected within about 5 feet (1.5 m) of the vehicle, auto lock function will not be activated.

You must wait until the power tailgate fully closes before the auto lock function will be activated.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 144

Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)

When you walk away from the vehicle while carrying the keyless access remote, the doors will automatically lock. The auto lock function activates when all doors and tailgate are closed, and the keyless access remote is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the outside door handle. Exit vehicle while carrying keyless access remote and close door(s).

1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the vehicle. u The beeper sounds; the auto lock

function will be activated. 2. Carry the keyless access remote beyond

about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain outside this range for 2 or more seconds. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper

sounds; all doors and tailgate will then lock.

The activation range of the auto lock function is about 5 feet (1.5 m)

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)

The auto lock function does not operate when any of the following conditions are met. The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. A door or the hood is not closed. The power mode is set to any mode other than

OFF. The keyless access remote is not located within a

radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle when you get out of the vehicle and close the doors.

Auto lock function operation stop beeper After the auto lock function has been activated, the auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for approximately two seconds in the following cases. The keyless access remote is put inside the vehicle

through a window. You are located too close to the vehicle. The keyless access remote is put inside the tailgate. If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are carrying the keyless access remote. Then, open/close a door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds once.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 145

To temporarily deactivate the function: 1. Set the power mode to OFF. 2. Open the drivers door. 3. Using the master door lock switch, operate

the lock as follows: Lock Unlock Lock Unlock. u The beeper sounds and the function is

deactivated.

To restore the function: Set the power mode to ON. Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock

function. With the keyless access remote on you,

move out of the auto lock function operation range.

Open any door.

Continued 145

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

146

C o

n tro

ls

1Using the Keyless Access System

When you go into the keyless access system working range with all the doors locked, the LED puddle lights come on for 30 seconds. The lights do not come on if you have previously stayed within the range for more than two minutes, or the doors have been locked for a few days. The feature activates again after you drive the vehicle, then lock the doors.

You can also unlock and open with the power tailgate.

2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 162

Models with navigation system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 146

Unlocking the doors and tailgate Grab the drivers door handle: u The drivers door unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passengers door or rear* door handle: u All doors and the tailgate unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice. Press and hold the tailgate outer handle: u The tailgate unlocks and opens. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice. 2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 162

Tailgate Outer Handle

* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors and tailgate will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

You can lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings.

The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door or the tailgate is open.

If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead.

2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 613

You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 147

Locking the doors and tailgate Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors

and tailgate lock, and the security system sets.

Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the

security system is set.

Unlocking the doors and tailgate Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the

drivers door unlocks. Twice: u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.

*1: Checking Door Lock Status* P. 150

Using the Remote Transmitter

LED

Unlock Button

Lock Button

LED*1

Unlock Button

Lock Button

Continued 147* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

148

C o

n tro

ls

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

When you lock the drivers door with a key, all the other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When unlocking, the drivers door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors and the tailgate.

You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 148

If the lock or unlock button of the keyless access remote does not work, use the key instead.

2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 613

Fully insert the key and turn it.

Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

Lock

Unlock

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key

When you lock the drivers door, all the other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not inside the vehicle.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 149

If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using the key, you can lock the door without it.

Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door.

Locking the rear doors Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

Lockout prevention system The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.

Locking a Door Without Using a Key

Continued 149

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

150

C o

n tro

ls

1Checking Door Lock Status*

Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range required for unlocking the tailgate and all the doors as well as activating the panic function is the same as that required for operating the standard keyless access remote.

2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 147

When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine.

2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 467

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 150

You can remotely check if your vehicles doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances.

Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds one of the following feedback will come: Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not

completely closed. Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status

from the vehicle.

Checking Door Lock Status*

Red Green Amber

Lock Button

* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Lock Tab

When you lock the door using the lock tab on the drivers door, all of the other doors and the tailgate lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the drivers door, only the drivers door will unlock.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 151

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking a door Push the lock tab forward.

Unlocking a door Pull the lock tab rearward.

Using the Lock Tab

To Unlock

Lock Tab To Lock

151Continued

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

152

C o

n tro

ls

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

The front door inner handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However, this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.

Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided.

2 Childproof Door Locks P. 153

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 152

Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one

motion.

Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.

To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the drivers door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be

unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the MID or information screen.

Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

Inner Handle

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch

When you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors and the tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.

1Childproof Door Locks

To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 153

Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all the doors and the tailgate.

Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab.

Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door.

When opening the door Open the door using the outside door handle.

Using the Master Door Lock Switch

To Unlock

Master Door Lock Switch

To Lock

Setting the Childproof Door Locks

Lock

Unlock

153

154

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

C o

n tro

ls

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the information screen or MID.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 154

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.

Drive lock mode All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicles speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

Drivers door open mode All doors unlock when the drivers door is opened.

Auto Door Locking

Auto Door Unlocking

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 155

Opening and Closing the Tailgate

C

o n

tro ls

1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate

Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo area when closing the tailgate.

When you are storing or picking up luggage from the cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.

Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden acceleration, or a crash.

3WARNING Anyone caught in the path of a tailgate that is being opened or closed can be seriously injured.

Make sure that all people are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it.

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it.

Open the tailgate all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.

Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.

Keep the tailgate closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 74

155Continued

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate

156

C o

n tro

ls

1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate

NOTICE Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is being automatically opened or closed. Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while in operation can deform the tailgate frame.

When operating the power tailgate, make sure there is enough space around your vehicle. People near the tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if children are around.

The power tailgate may not open or close under the following conditions: You start the engine while the tailgate is

automatically opening or closing. The vehicle is parked on a steep hill. The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind. The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 156

The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the remote transmitter or driver's door, or pressing the outer handle or button on the tailgate.

The power tailgate can be opened when the transmission is in (P .

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C

o n

tro ls

1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate

If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.

If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you manually close the tailgate.

Installing aftermarket components other than Acura genuine accessories on the power tailgate may prevent it from fully opening or closing.

Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you get your luggage in and out.

Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before you start the vehicle.

The beeper sounds when you start driving while the power tailgate is still open, or closing.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 157

Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate

Press the power tailgate button for more than one second to operate when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

To reverse direction while the power tailgate is in operation, press the button again. The beeper sounds three times and the tailgate reverses direction.

Customizing when to open the tailgate Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the default setting. When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

Using the Remote Transmitter

Power Tailgate Button

157Continued

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate

158

C o

n tro

ls

1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate

If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the direction. The beeper sounds three times.

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully closes.

Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you touch either sensor when you are trying to close the tailgate.

Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 158

To open or close the power tailgate, press the power tailgate button for about one second. u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper

sounds.

To reverse direction while the power tailgate is in operation, press the button again. The beeper sounds three times and the tailgate reverses direction.

Using the Power Tailgate Button

Power Tailgate Button

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Tailgate Outer Handle

Do not leave the keyless access remote in the cargo area before closing the tailgate.

Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range.

You can change the setting to open the power tailgate by the tailgate outer handle.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 159

If you press the outer handle of the tailgate for no longer than one second, the tailgate opens automatically. u The beeper sounds. u If you want to open the tailgate

manually, press the outer handle for more than one second. 2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 162

If you are carrying the keyless access remote, you do not have to unlock the tailgate before opening it.

Using the Tailgate Outer Handle

Outer Handle

Continued 159

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate

160

C o

n tro

ls

1Auto-Closer

The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press the tailgate outer handle while the power tailgate is closing.

Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power tailgate is latching.

Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you manually close the tailgate and let it latch automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 160

Press the button on the tailgate to close the power tailgate.

If you press the button again while the power tailgate is moving, it reverses direction.

If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.

Using the Tailgate Inner Button

Tailgate Inner Button

Auto-Closer

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C

o n

tro ls

1Power Tailgate Fall Detection

If you try to manually close the power tailgate immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate fall detection may activate.

Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from the power tailgate when it is in motion.

If the power tailgate fall detection constantly activates, consult at a dealer.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 161

Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.

Power Tailgate Fall Detection

161

162

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate

C o

n tro

ls

1Opening/Closing the Tailgate

Do not leave the keyless access remote in the cargo area before closing the tailgate.

Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/ unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 162

Opening/Closing the Tailgate

When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate is unlocked.

Press the outer handle of the tailgate and lift open the tailgate.

If you are carrying the keyless access remote, you do not have to unlock the tailgate before opening it. To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle, pull the tailgate down, and push it closed from outside.

Using the Tailgate Outer Handle

Outer Handle

Inner Handle

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 163

Security System

C

o n

tro ls

1Immobilizer System

NOTICE Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended.

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.

1Security System Alarm

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.

The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.

Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key.

Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/

STOP button. Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. Do not bring a key from another vehicles immobilizer system near the ENGINE

START/STOP button. Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions

and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can become magnetic.

Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not activate if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system.

However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.

When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently, and some exterior lights flash.

To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

163Continued

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

164

C o

n tro

ls

1Security System Alarm

Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: Unlocking the door with the lock tab. Opening the hood with the hood release.

If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 164

Setting the security system alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The hood is closed. All doors and the tailgate are locked from outside with the key, remote

transmitter, or keyless access system.

When the security system alarm sets The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.

To cancel the security system alarm The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key, remote transmitter, keyless access system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 165

The panic button on the remote transmitter

If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: The horn sounds. Some exterior lights flash.

Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.

Panic Mode

Panic Button

165

166

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 166

Opening and Closing the Windows

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.

Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse direction.

The drivers window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch.

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

3WARNING Closing a power window on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them.

Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors.

The drivers side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power window lock button on the drivers side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the drivers seat.

When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the drivers window. Turn the power window lock button on if a child is in the vehicle.

Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.

Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly.

The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly.

Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function

ON OFF

Power Window Lock Button

Rear Passengers Window Switches

Front Passengers Window Switch

Drivers Window Switch

Indicator

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 167

To open: Press the unlock button, and then within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.

If the windows and moonroof stop midway, repeat the procedure.

To open: Unlock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there.

To close: Lock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there.

Release the key to stop the windows and moonroof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation.

Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote

Unlock Button

Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key

Close Open

167

168

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 168

Opening and Closing the Moonroof

1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor.

The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.

When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers, are clear of the moonroof.

You can use the remote transmitter or the key to operate the moonroof.

2 Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote P. 167

2 Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key P. 167

3WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it.

You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.

Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly.

The moonroof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, push the switch briefly.

Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.

Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release.

Opening/Closing the Moonroof

Open

Close Tilt

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 169

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel

C

o n

tro ls

1ENGINE START/STOP Button

ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range

You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle.

ON mode: Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.

If the battery of the keyless access remote is getting low, the engine may not start when you press the ENGINE START/STOP button. If the engine does not start, refer to the following link.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 647

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON when you get out.

Operating Range

ENGINE START/STOP Button

*1:Canadian models

Changing the Power Mode

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) Indicator in the button is off. The steering wheel is locked*1. The power to all electrical components is turned off.

ACCESSORY Indicator in the button is on. Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position.

ON Indicator in the button is on. All electrical components can be used.

Press the button.

Indicator

Without pressing the brake pedal

169Continued

170

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 170

If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the battery.

When in this mode: The steering wheel does not lock. You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the keyless access system.

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

If you open the drivers door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning buzzer sounds.

Automatic Power Off

Power Mode Reminder

Canadian models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button C

o n

tro ls

1Keyless Access Remote Reminder

When the keyless access remote is within the systems operational range, and the drivers door is closed, the warning function cancels.

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer.

Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the systems operational range.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 171

Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/ or outside the vehicle to remind you that the keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even after the remote is put back inside, place it to be within its operational range.

When the power mode is in ON If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message on the MID notifies the driver inside that the remote outside of the vehicle.

When the power mode is in ACCESSORY

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle.

Keyless Access Remote Reminder

171

172

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 172

Turn Signals The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON.

One-touch turn signal When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times. This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change.

Right Turn

Left Turn

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C

o n

tro ls

1Light Switches

If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the drivers door is opened.

When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on.

2 Lights On Indicator P. 89

Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge.

If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Your vehicle is equipped with the automatic headlight adjusting system that automatically adjusts the vertical angle of the high/low beam headlights. If you find a significant change in the vertical angle of the headlights, there may be a problem with the system. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Models without automatic headlight adjusting system

Models with automatic headlight adjusting system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 173

Light Switches

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting. High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click. Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams. Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it. Lights off Turn the lever to OFF either when: The transmission is in (P . The parking brake is applied.

To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights come on automatically when: The transmission is taken out of (P and the

parking brake is released. The vehicle starts to move.

Manual Operation

High Beams

Flashing the high beams Low Beams

Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights

Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights

173Continued

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

174

C o

n tro

ls

1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)

We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly.

Light Sensor

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

Models without automatic intermittent wipers

Light Sensor

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 174

Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON.

When the light switch is in AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness. u You can change the auto light sensitivity

setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

The headlights comes on when you unlock a door in dark areas with the headlight switch in AUTO. u Once you lock the door, the headlights

will go off.

Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C

o n

tro ls

1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:

Setting The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at

Max High Mid Low Min

Bright

Dark

1Headlight Integration with Wiper

This feature activates while the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on.

At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of the number of wiper sweeps.

1Automatic Lighting Off Feature

You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 175

The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.

The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the drivers door.

If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position).

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the drivers door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the drivers door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

Headlight Integration with Wiper

Automatic Lighting Off Feature

175

176

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights*

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 176

Fog Lights*

When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.

Daytime Running Lights The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is in ON. The headlight switch is in AUTO or . The parking brake is released.

The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running lights.

The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when the head light switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.

Fog Light Switch

* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam C

o n

tro ls

1Auto High-Beam

The auto high-beam determines when to change the headlight beams by responding to the brightness of the lights ahead of your vehicle. In the following cases, the system may not respond to the lights properly: The brightness of the lights from the preceding or

oncoming vehicle is intense or poor. Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,

fog, windshield frost, etc.). Other light sources, such as street lights and

electric billboards are illuminating the road ahead. The brightness level of the road ahead constantly

changes. The road is bumpy or has many curves. A vehicle cuts in front of you, or a vehicle in front

of you is not in the preceding or oncoming direction.

Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.

If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient for driving, change the headlight beams manually.

If you do not want the system to be activated at any time when the headlight switch is in AUTO, consult a dealer or disable the system.

2 Disabling or Re-enabling the System P. 179

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 177

Auto High-Beam Using a camera mounted to the inside of the windshield, this system detects light sources ahead of the vehicle. Depending on the light source, the system automatically switches the headlights to high beam for optimal visibility at night.

The headlight switch is in AUTO. The lever is in the low beam

position. The low beams are on and the

system recognizes that you are driving at night.

The vehicle speed is above 35 mph (56 km/h).

The system operates when:

When the camera detects lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle, the headlights remain in low beam.

When the camera detects no lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle, the headlights change to high beam.

The view angle or distance that the camera can detect lights ahead differs depending on conditions, such as the brightness of the lights and the weather.

How it works

177Continued

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam

178

C o

n tro

ls

1Operating the System

For the auto high-beam to work properly: Do not place an object that reflects light on the

dashboard. Keep the windshield around the camera clean.

When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to apply windshield cleanser to the camera lens.

Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area around the camera.

Do not touch the camera lens.

If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the

interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed towards the camera.

Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the

windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 178

To activate the system, turn the headlight switch to AUTO and then set the headlights to low beam. The auto high-beam indicator will come on.

2 Light Switches P. 173

The high beams remain on unless: You have been driving below 25 mph (40 km/h) for an extended amount of time. The speed of the vehicle drops below 15 mph (24 km/h). The windshield wipers have been running at a high speed for more than a few

seconds. You enter a well lit location.

The high beams come back on once the condition that caused them to turn off no longer exists.

If needed, you can temporarily turn the high beams off manually. Turn on the high beams by pushing the lever forward until you hear a click, or flash the high beams once by pulling the lever towards you. To turn the high beams back on, repeat one of the procedures.

Operating the System

Headlight Switch

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam C

o n

tro ls

1Disabling or Re-enabling the System

The auto high-beam is in the previously selected disabled or re-enabled setting each time you start the engine.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 179

Disable or re-enable the system when the vehicle is parked and the power mode is in ON and the light switch is in the AUTO position. Disabling the system: Pull the light switch lever towards you and hold it for at least 40 seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the meter will blink twice. Re-enabling the system: Pull the light switch lever towards you and hold it for at least 30 seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the meter will blink once. Enabling high sensitivity: Pull the light switch lever towards you and hold it for 2 minutes. The auto high-beam indicator in the meter will blink three times. When the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), sensitivity is returned to normal.

Disabling or Re-enabling the System

AUTO Position

179

180

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

C o

n tro

ls

1Wipers and Washers

NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged.

Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged.

The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal.

If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operations shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become the same.

NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defroster or heated windshield* to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.

Models without automatic intermittent wipers

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 180

Wipers and Washers

The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON. MIST The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever.

Wiper switch (OFF, INT*1/AUTO*2, LO, HI)

Move the lever up or down to change the wiper settings.

Adjusting wiper operation*

Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper operation.

Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop.

*1: Models with manual intermittent operation *2: Models with automatic intermittent operation

Windshield Wipers/Washers

Intermittent Time Adjustment Ring

MIST

INT*1/AUTO*2

OFF

LO: Low speed wipe

HI: High speed wipe

Pull to use washer.

Lower speed, fewer sweeps

Higher speed, more sweeps

* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C

o n

tro ls

1Wipers and Washers

If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place.

Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then remove the obstacle.

1Automatic Intermittent Wipers*

The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.

NOTICE AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: Cleaning the windshield Driving through a car wash No rain present

Rainfall Sensor

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 181

When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode.

The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects.

Auto sensitivity adjustment When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor (using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will operate in accordance with your preference.

Sensor sensitivity

Automatic Intermittent Wipers*

Adjustment Ring

Low sensitivity

High sensitivity

Continued 181* Not available on all models

182

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 182

The rear wiper and washer can be used when the power mode is in ON.

Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON) Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain.

Washer ( ) Sprays while you rotate the switch to this position. Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the washer. Once released, it stops operating after a few more sweeps.

Operating in reverse When you select the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the rear wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.

Rear Wiper/Washer

INT: Intermittent

OFF

ON: Continuous wipe

Washer

Windshield Wiper Operation Rear Wiper Operation

Intermittent Intermittent

Low speed wipe High speed wipe

Continuous

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C

o n

tro ls

1Headlight Washers

The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as the windshield washers.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 183

Turn the headlights on and press the headlight washer button to operate. The headlight washers also operate when you turn the windshield washers for the first time after the power mode is set to ON.

Headlight Washers

Canadian models

183

184

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

C o

n tro

ls

1Brightness Control

Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on.

When it is bright outside and the headlight integration with the wiper is activated, the instrument panel brightness does not change.

To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness when the exterior lights are on, press the (+ button until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds.

The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 184

Brightness Control When the power mode is in ON, you can use the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument panel brightness. Brighten: Press the (+ button. Dim: Press the (- button.

You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. Several seconds after adjusting the brightness, you will be returned to the previous display.

Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the MID while you are adjusting it.

(+ Button

(- Button

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button C

o n

tro ls

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to damage the heating wires. It is critical to wipe the window from side to side along the defogger heating wires.

This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long time while the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.

When the outside temperature is below 41F (5C), the heated door mirror may activate automatically for 10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON.

1Heated Windshield Button*

This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been deiced. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.

When the outside temperature is below 39F (4C), the heated windshield may automatically activate. The system deactivates itself once the outside temperature reaches 43F (6C).

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 185

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature.

Heated Windshield Button*

Press the heated windshield button to deice the windshield when the power mode is in ON.

185* Not available on all models

186

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System

C o

n tro

ls

1Driving Position Memory System

Using the information screen or MID, you can disable the automatic seat, steering wheel and door mirrors adjustment function.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

The drivers seat easy exit feature can be turned ON/ OFF.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

System Operation The system will not operate if: The vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h). Either memory position button is pressed while the

seat or steering wheel is in motion. The seat or steering wheel position is adjusted

while in operation. The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 186

Driving Position Memory System You can store two drivers seat (except for power lumbar), steering wheel and door mirror positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the drivers door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, door mirrors adjust to one of the two preset positions and the seat adjusts to retracted positions of one of the two preset positions automatically.

The steering wheel and the seat will move to the stored position when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY.

When you enter the vehicle, the MID briefly shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle. DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.

The drivers seat moves rearward and steering wheel fully up depending on the set seating position once you Stop the vehicle. Put the transmission in (P . Turn the engine off. Then open the drivers door. Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY position, the drivers seat and steering wheel moves to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.

DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System C

o n

tro ls

1Storing a Position in Memory

After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: You do not press the memory button within five

seconds. You readjust the seat, the steering wheel or the

outside mirror position before the double-beep. You set the power mode to any position except

ON.

1Recalling the Stored Position

The seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors will stop moving if you: Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2. Adjust the seat position, door mirrors, or steering

wheel. Put the transmission into a position other than (P.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 187

1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the drivers seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors to the desired position.

2. Press the SET button. u You will hear the beeper, and the

memory button indicator light will blink. 3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2

within five seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat, the steering wheel and

the outside mirror positions have been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on and you will hear the double-beep.

1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2). u You will hear the beeper, and the

indicator light will blink.

The seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors will automatically move to the memorized positions. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beeper, and the indicator light stays on.

Storing a Position in Memory

Memory Button 1

Memory Button 2SET Button

Recalling the Stored Position

Memory Buttons

187

188

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

C o

n tro

ls

1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

3WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 188

Adjusting the Steering Wheel The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.

Push and hold the adjustment switch to move the steering wheel in, out, up or down. u Make sure you can see the instrument

panel gauges and indicators.

Adjustment Switch

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 189

Adjusting the Mirrors

C

o n

tro ls

1Adjusting the Mirrors

Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility.

Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Front Seats P. 192

1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*

The auto dimming function cancels when the transmission is in (R.

Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position.

When you are driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror and power door mirrors* reduce the glare from headlights behind you, based on inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature is always active.

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*

189* Not available on all models

190

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 190

Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is set to ON.

Mirror position adjustment L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror.

Folding door mirrors*

Press the fold button to fold the door mirrors.

If activated, either side door mirror automatically tilts downward when you put the transmission into (R ; this improves close- in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle when backing up. The mirror automatically returns to its original position when you take the transmission out of (R .

To activate this feature, set the power mode to ON and slide the selector switch to the left or right side.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

Fold Button*

Reverse Tilt Door Mirror

Selector Switch

* Not available on all models

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors C

o n

tro ls

1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function*

Door mirrors will not unfold automatically if fold button is pressed.

2 Folding door mirrors* P. 190

You can turn the automatic folding door mirror function on and off.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

Door mirrors will not fold automatically when locking from inside the vehicle using lock tab or master door lock switch.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 191

Folding the door mirrors Lock all doors from outside the vehicle. u The mirrors start folding automatically.

2 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139

Unfolding the door mirrors Unlock the drivers or all doors from outside the vehicle. u The mirrors start unfolding automatically.

2 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139

Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function*

191* Not available on all models

192

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 192

Adjusting the Seats

1Adjusting the Seats

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

3WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate.

Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle.

Front Seats Adjust the drivers seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passengers seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible.

Adjusting the front power seats

Move back.

Allow sufficient space.

Adjusting the Seat Positions

Horizontal Position Adjustment

Height Adjustment

Seat-back Angle Adjustment

Drivers Side/ Passengers Side* Lumbar Support Adjustment

* Not available on all models

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats C

o n

tro ls

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation.

If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help.

3WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 193

Adjust the drivers seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel.

The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupants chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

Adjusting the Seat-Backs

193

194

uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats

C o

n tro

ls

1Second Row Seats

Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and forth to make sure it is locked in position.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 194

Second Row Seats

Adjusting the Seat Positions

Seat-back Angle Adjustment Pull up the lever to change the angle.

Horizontal Position Adjustment Pull up the bar to move the seat, then release the bar.

Models with bench seat

uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 195

Models with captain seat

Seat-back Angle Adjustment Pull up the lever to change the angle.

Horizontal Position Adjustment Pull up the bar to move the seat, then release the bar.

195Continued

uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats

196

C o

n tro

ls

1Third Row Seat Access

The button is disabled when the vehicle is moving.

When you enter the third row seat, be careful not to trip over the second row seat belt.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 196

Pressing the button on the seat-back, or seat cushion tilts the second row outer seat's seat- back forward. u The whole seat slides forward.

Pulling up on the strap also tilts the seat-back forward.

Third Row Seat Access

Strap

uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats C

o n

tro ls

1Folding Down the Second Row Seat

Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly.

2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 54

The front seats must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the second row seats as they fold down.

To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks.

Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat cushion are securely latched back into place before driving. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back.

Make sure the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the holding slot.

Models with bench seat

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 197

Separately fold down the left and right halves of the second row seat to make room for cargo.

1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.

2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling. 2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 38

3. Lower the center head restraint to its lowest position. Put the armrest back into the seat-back.

4. Pull up on the seat-back angle adjustment lever.

To return the seat to the original position, pull up the seat-back in the upright position.

Folding Down the Second Row Seat

Models with bench seat

Lever

All Models

197

198

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

C o

n tro

ls

1Head Restraints

In order for the head restraint system to work properly: Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or

from the restraint legs. Do not place any objects between an occupant and

the seat-back. Install each restraint in its proper location.

3WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.

Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 198

Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.

Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rear- impact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupants head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupants ears should be level with the center height of the restraint.

Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions

Position head in the center of the head restraint.

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 199

To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.

199Continued

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

200

C o

n tro

ls

1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

3WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash.

Always replace the head restraints before driving.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 200

A passenger sitting in the second row center seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.

To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out.

To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.

Changing the Second Row Center Seat Head Restraint Position*

Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints Front and second row head restraints

* Not available on all models

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 201

A passenger in the third row seating position should put the head restraint in the upright position before the vehicle begins moving.

To fold down the head restraint: Pull the handle.

To put the head restraint back in the upright position: Pull up the head restraint and push rearward until it latches.

Folding Down the Third Row Head Restraint

Handle

201

202

uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position

C o

n tro

ls

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

3WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 202

Maintain a Proper Sitting Position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off.

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag.

uuAdjusting the SeatsuThird Row Seats C

o n

tro ls

1Folding Down the Third Row Seat

Make sure all items in the cargo area or items extending to the third row seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard.

1To return the seat to the original position

Make sure the seat-back and head restraints are securely latched back into place before driving.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 203

Third Row Seats

Separately fold down the left and right halves of the third row seat to make room for cargo.

To fold down the seat 1. Pull the handle on the seat-back fully. u The head restraint tilts downward.

2. Push the seat-back forward while pulling the handle.

To return the seat to the original position 1. Pull the seat-back up with the handle pulled. 2. Push the head restraint up to its original position.

Folding Down the Third Row Seat

Handle

203

204

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 204

Armrest

The console lid can be used as an armrest.

To adjust: Slide the armrest to a desired position.

Using the Front Seat Armrest

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 205

Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.

The console lid can be used as an armrest.

To adjust: Slide the armrest to a desired position.

Using the Rear Seat Armrest

Models with bench seat

Models with captain seat

205

206

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 206

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items

1Interior Light Switches

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the following situations: When you unlock the drivers door but do not open

it. When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK) but do not open a door.

You can change the interior lights dimming time. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: When you lock the drivers door. When you close the drivers door in ACCESSORY

mode. When you set the power mode to ON.

To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the interior light on for an extended length of time when the engine is off.

If you leave any of the tailgate or doors open in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.

Interior Lights

ON The interior lights come on regardless of whether the tailgate and doors are open or closed. Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: When the tailgate or any of the doors are

opened. You unlock the drivers door. When the power mode is set to VEHICLE

OFF (LOCK). OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the tailgate or any doors are open or closed.

Interior Light Switches

Door Activated Position

Off

On

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights C

o n

tro ls

1Map Lights

When the interior light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, the map light will not go off when you press the button.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 207

Front The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button.

Second and third row The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button when the front interior light switch is in the door activated position.

ON The light comes on when you open the tailgate, and goes off when closed.

OFF The light stays off with or without opening the tailgate.

Map Lights

Front

Second and third row

Cargo Area Lights

Off

On

207

208

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

C o

n tro

ls

1Glove Box

3WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt.

Always keep the glove box closed while driving.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 208

Interior Convenience Items

Press the button to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key.

Removable shelf The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To remove it, disengage the tabs.

The removed shelf can be stored upside down in the glove box.

Glove Box

Glove Box

To Lock

Shelf

Tabs

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 209

Pull the passengers side handle to open the console compartment.

Pull the drivers side handle to open the utility tray in the console lid.

Console Tray Slide or lift the tray when you use the console compartment. u To lift this tray, slide it rearward, then

pull it up.

Front and Rear* Console Compartment

209Continued* Not available on all models

210

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 210

Press the raised detent to open the lid. To close the lid, push it down until it latches.

Pull the handle to open the cargo floor lid.

Center Pocket

Press

Under-floor Storage Area

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Beverage Holders

NOTICE Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior.

Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 211

Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats.

Door side beverage holders Are located on the both of the front and rear door side pockets.

Beverage Holders

Front:

Rear:

Continued 211

212

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 212

Second row seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders.

Are located in the console between the second row seats.

Third row seat beverage holders

Models with bench seat

Models with captain seat

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Accessory Power Sockets

NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket.

The accessory power sockets are designed to supply power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts (15 amps) or less.

To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 213

The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON.

Accessory power socket (center pocket) Open the lid and the cover to use it.

Accessory power socket (front console compartment)*

Pull the handle and open the cover to use it.

Accessory Power Sockets

Continued 213* Not available on all models

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

214

C o

n tro

ls

1AC Power Outlet*

NOTICE Do not use the AC power outlet for electric appliances that require high initial peak wattage, such as cathode-ray tube type televisions, refrigerators, electric pumps, etc. It is not suitable for devices that process precise data, such as medical equipment, and that require an extremely stable power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.

The AC power outlet is designed to supply power for up to 115 volt appliances that are rated 150 watts or less.

Continued use of any electric appliance/device exceeding these ratings may result in damage to the appliance/device.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 214

Accessory power socket (cargo area) Open the cover to use it.

The AC power outlet can be used when the engine is running. Open the cover to use it. Plug in the appliance slightly, turn it 90 clockwise, then push it all the way.

AC Power Outlet*

* Not available on all models

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Coat Hooks

The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy items.

1Tie-down Anchors

Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have to brake hard.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 215

There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle of both sides. Pull it down to use it.

The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor can be used to install a net for securing items.

Coat Hooks

Tie-down Anchors

Anchor

Anchor

Continued 215

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

216

C o

n tro

ls

1Sunglasses Holder

Keep the holder closed while driving except when accessing stored items.

1Heated Steering Wheel*

Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 216

To open the sunglasses holder, press and release the indent. To close, press it again until it latches.

You can store eyeglasses and other small items in this holder.

The power mode must be in ON to use the heated steering wheel.

Press the button on the left side of the steering wheel.

When a comfortable temperature is reached, press the button again to turn it off.

The heated steering wheel is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

Sunglasses Holder

Press

Heated Steering Wheel*

Indicator

Heated Steering Wheel Button

* Not available on all models

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation*

Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 217

The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters and ventilators*.

1. Select . 2. Change the setting with one of the

following: The Low icon: The LO setting (one indicator on) The Mid icon: The MID setting (two indicators on) The High icon: The HI setting (three indicators on) Auto: The system automatically selects the setting most suitable to the ambient environment. Off: Turn off the system.

Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation*

Models with seat ventilation

Models without seat ventilation

Continued 217* Not available on all models

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

218

C o

n tro

ls

1Second Row Outer Seat Heaters*

Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.

1Integrated Sunshades*

Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully closed. Using the shade while a window is open can unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and hurting anyone sitting near the window.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 218

The power mode must be in ON to use the seat heaters.

Press the seat heater button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)

Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the way. Use the hooks to hang it.

Second Row Outer Seat Heaters*

Integrated Sunshades*

Tab

Hook

* Not available on all models

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 219

Climate Control System

C

o n

tro ls

1Using Automatic Climate Control

If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed while using the climate control system in auto, the function of the button/icon that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be controlled automatically.

During idle-stops, air-conditioning is suspended, and only the blower remains active. If you do not want air-conditioning suspended, press the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to cancel idle-stop.

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may operate at low speed for a while after the AUTO button has been pressed.

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

All models

Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.

Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the drivers side or passengers side

temperature control switch. 3. Press the (On/Off) button to cancel.

(On/Off) Button AUTO Button

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch

Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch

Passengers Side Temperature

Drivers Side Temperature

219Continued

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

220

C o

n tro

ls

1Using Automatic Climate Control

When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the climate control settings are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 220

In addition to the button/switch controls, you can operate the climate control system from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM touch screen.

Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronization) Icon

Drivers Side Temperature Control Icon

Recirculation/ Fresh Air mode Icon

Fan Control Icon

Passengers Side Temperature Control Icon

Vent Mode Icon

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C

o n

tro ls

1Using Automatic Climate Control

If you select the Max Cool or Max Heat during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 221

1. Select the drivers or passengers side temperature control icon.

2. Change the temperature setting from the following:

Temperature bar: Select a point where your desired temperature setting is. Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the right for a higher setting. (+/ (- : To raise or lower the temperature setting one degree at a time. While you select and hold (+ / (- , the temperature decreases or increases. Max Cool: To rapidly cool down the interior. u The A/C indicator comes on. The setting

returns to the previously selected value when you select it again.

Max Heat: To rapidly warm up the interior. u The A/C indicator goes off. The setting

returns to the previously selected value when you select it again.

Changing the Interior Temperature Setting

The side you selected.

Temperature Bar

Continued 221

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

222

C o

n tro

ls

1Switching the vent mode

While the climate control system is in auto, Front Mode Auto is highlighted.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 222

Switching the vent mode Select a desired vent mode icon, or Front Mode Auto: The system automatically selects the vent mode most suitable to the ambient environment.

Vent mode : Dashboard vents : Dashboard and floor vents : Floor vents : Floor and defroster vents

A/C on and off 1. Select A/C. 2. Select On or Off.

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C

o n

tro ls

1SYNC on and off

When you press the button or select the Front icon, the system synchronizes the drivers and

front passengers temperature settings.

When the system is not in SYNC mode, the driver's side temperature, the front passengers side temperature and the rear passenger compartment (if it is on) can be set separately.

You can also turn off SYNC mode by changing the front passengers side temperature or rear passengers temperature.

1Changing the fan speed

While the climate control system is in auto, Front Fan AUTO is highlighted.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 223

SYNC on and off 1. Select SYNC. 2. Select On for synchronization mode. u When in synchronization mode, the front

passengers side temperature and the rear passenger compartment become the same as the drivers side settings.

3. Adjust the temperature or change the mode from the drivers side.

Changing the fan speed 1. Select . u When the left or right side of the

is selected, the fan speed level goes up or down one level at a time.

2. Change the fan speed with one of the following: The fan speed level indicators: Select your desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for a slower speed, and the larger for a faster speed. (+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time. Front Fan AUTO: The system automatically selects the fan speed most suitable to the ambient environment.

Fan Speed Level Indicators

Continued 223

224

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 224

Select or currently shown to switch between the modes depending on environmental conditions. u Selecting or currently shown

changes the display to the Fresh Air/ Recirculation display. You can also switch the mode by selecting or

icon appearing in the display.

(Recirculation Mode): Recirculates air from the vehicles interior through the system.

(Fresh Air Mode): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations.

Switching between the Recirculation and Fresh Air Modes

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C

o n

tro ls

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up.

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows.

If you press the button or select the Front icon during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

1To rapidly defrost the windows

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 225

Pressing the button or selecting the Front icon appearing after the vent mode icon is

selected turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode.

Press the button or select the Front icon again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings.

To rapidly defrost the windows 1. Press the button, or select the vent

mode icon and then the Front icon. 2. Select the recirculation mode.

2 Switching between the Recirculation and Fresh Air Modes P. 224

Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

225

226

uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System

C o

n tro

ls

1Rear Climate Control System

If any icons on the touch screen are pressed while using the rear climate control system in auto, the function of the icon that was pressed will take priority.

Rear Lock: Appears on the front panel. When selected, it disables the rear panel control. LOCK: Appears on the rear control panel while the rear lock is on.

If the rear lock is on while in SYNC mode, the rear control panel is disabled. LOCK SYNC appears on the rear control panel.

When the rear fan is set to maximum speed, Auto Idle Stop does not activate. uAuto Idle Stop may not activate under other

conditions when the rear climate control system is in use.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 226

Rear Climate Control System

Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Select REAR. 2. Select Auto. u The rear system changes to AUTO mode.

3. Adjust the rear passengers compartment temperature using the temperature control icon.

4. Select the On/Off to cancel. u When the turned back on, the system returns to your last selection.

Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

(+/ (- (Temperature Control) Icon

Fan Speed Level Indicators On/Off Icon

Auto Icon

Rear Lock Icon

Vent Mode Icon

uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System C

o n

tro ls

1Changing the rear temperature setting

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 227

Changing the rear temperature setting Change the temperature setting from the following: (+/ (- : To raise or lower the temperature setting one degree at a time. While you select and hold (+ / (- , the temperature decreases or increases.

Switching the vent mode Select a desired vent mode icon.

Vent mode : Rear console vents : Rear console vents and floor vents : Rear floor vents

(+/ (- (Temperature Control) Icon

Vent Mode Icon

Continued 227

228

uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 228

Changing the fan speed Change the fan speed with one of the following: The fan speed level indicators: Select your desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for a slower speed, and the larger for a faster speed. (+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time.

Fan Speed Level Indicators

uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel

When the Rear Lock icon on the front control panel is off, the temperature of the rear passenger compartment can be controlled independently.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 229

Use the system when the engine is running 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the rear temperature control button. 3. To turn off the rear climate control system, press button.

Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel

Rear floor vents

Rear console vents and floor vents

Rear console vents

/ (Fan Control) Buttons

(On/Off) Button

Rear Temperature Control Buttons

AUTO Button

229

230

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

C o

n tro

ls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 230

Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them.

Sensor

Sensor

* Not available on all m

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 231

Features

This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System About Your Audio System................ 232 USB Ports ......................................... 233 Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 236 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 236 Audio Remote Controls.................... 237

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 239 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM....... 240 Information Screen .......................... 244 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 249 Display Setup ................................... 250 Voice Control Operation .................. 251

odels

Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 254 Playing SiriusXM Radio ................... 257 Playing a CD .................................... 268 Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio...271 Playing an iPod ................................ 284 Song By VoiceTM (SBV)...................... 287 Playing Pandora*1 ........................... 291 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 293 Playing Bluetooth Audio................. 296 Siri Eyes Free .................................... 298 Apple CarPlay .................................. 299 Android Auto................................... 303

Audio Error Messages ...................... 308 General Information on the Audio System ............................................. 316

Rear Entertainment System (RES)*.. 335 Customized Features ........................ 358 HomeLink Universal Transceiver ... 390 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Using HFL ........................................ 393 HFL Menus ...................................... 396

AcuraLink*....................................... 435 Compass* .......................................... 443

*1: Available only on U.S. models.

231

232

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 232

Audio System

1About Your Audio System

SiriusXM Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM Radio, contact a dealer.

2 General Information on the Audio System P. 316

SiriusXM Radio is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.

SiriusXM is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

Video CDs, DVDs*, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not supported.

iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.

When the screen is viewed through polarized sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If this is disturbing, please operate the screen without polarized sunglasses.

About Your Audio System The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM Radio service. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, Hard Disk Drive (HDD) audio*, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth devices.

You can operate the audio system from the remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

Remote Controls

iPod

USB Flash Drive

* Not available on all models

uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports Featu

res

1USB Ports

Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.

We recommend using an extension cable with the USB port.

Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.

Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.

We recommend keeping your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle.

Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit the following website: U.S.: www.apple.com/ipod. Canada: www.apple.com/ca/ipod.

The USB port can supply up to 2.5A of power. It does not output 2.5A unless requested by the device. For amperage details, read the operating manual of the device that needs to be charged. Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 233

USB Ports In the front console compartment Install the device USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port (2.5A). u The USB port (2.5A) is for charging

devices, playing audio files and connecting compatible phones with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.

The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging devices.

USB Port (2.5A)

USB Ports (2.5A)

233Continued

uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports

234

Featu res

1USB Ports

This port is for battery charge only. You cannot play music even if you have connected a music player to it.

Under certain conditions, a device connected to the port may generate noise in the radio you are listening to.

USB Ports (2.5A)

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 234

On the back of the front console compartment

The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging devices.

Models without rear console compartment

Models without rear entertainment system

Models with rear entertainment system

uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 235

In the rear console compartment The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging devices.

On the back of the rear console compartment

The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging devices.

Models with rear console compartment

235

236

uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack

Featu res

1Auxiliary Input Jack

You can return to the AUX mode by selecting Source on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 236

Auxiliary Input Jack Use the jack to connect standard audio devices.

1. Open the AUX cover. 2. Connect a standard audio device to the

input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically switches

to the AUX mode.

Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.

Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Turn on the audio system. 3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a

connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Featu

res

1Audio Remote Controls

Some mode appears only when an appropriate device or medium is used.

If you operate some remote control switch while rear source mode is selected, the rear source mode changes to the front source mode.

2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240

Models with rear entertainment system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 237

Audio Remote Controls Allows you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on the multi-information display (MID).

SOURCE Button Cycles through the audio modes as follows: FM AM SiriusXM CD Rear DVD* HDD* USB/iPod/Apple CarPlay/Android Auto Bluetooth Audio Pandora* AUX

Left Selector Wheel Roll Up: To increase the volume. Roll Down: To decrease the volume. Push: To mute. Push again to unmute. When listening to the radio

Move to the right: To select the next preset radio station. Move to the left: To select the previous preset radio station. Move to the right and hold: To select the next strong station. To select the next channel. (SiriusXM only) Move to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station. To select the previous channel. (SiriusXM only)

When listening to a CD, HDD*, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth Audio Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. Move to the right and hold: To go to the next folder. (Bluetooth Audio only) Move to the left and hold: To go to the previous folder. (Bluetooth Audio only)

Left Selector Wheel

SOURCE Button

237Continued* Not available on all models

238

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 238

When listening to a CD, HDD* or USB flash drive Move to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder. Move to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder.

When listening to Pandora*

Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the right and hold: To select the next track. Move to the left and hold: To select the previous station.

* Not available on all models

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 239

Audio System Basic Operation

Featu

res

1Audio System Basic Operation

Voice Control System*

The navigation/audio system is voice operable. 2 Voice Control Operation P. 251

These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

Move , , or to select a secondary menu.

Audio function items 2 Preset Memory P. 255, 259 2 Radio Text P. 256 2 Music Search P. 269, 273, 285, 294 2 Scan P. 256, 267, 270, 274, 295 2 Random/Repeat P. 270, 275, 286, 295

When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the audio system settings and preset memory are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.

To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the interface dial or ENTER/MENU button to access phone, information or smartphone functions.

Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button): Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. Move right, left, up or down to select a secondary menu. Press to switch the display to the Information Menu screen while the trip computer screen or clock/wallpaper screen is displayed.

BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display.

(Day/Night) button: Press to change the information screen brightness. Press once and make an adjustment using the interface dial. u Each time you press , the mode

switches between the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode.

(Day/Night) Button

BACK Button

Interface Dial (ENTER/ MENU Button)

239* Not available on all models

240

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Featu res

1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

Select or to go back to the previous screen.

Use the / icons to turn the page.

X

1Selecting an Audio Source

You can change the order of source list displayed.

1. Select Audio Menu, then Edit Source Order. 2. Select or .

You can also change the source order by pressing and holding the source on the source list for two seconds.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 240

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system.

Select Source, then select an item on the source list to switch the audio source.

Select Front/Rear to changes between the front side audio source selection and rear side audio source selection.

2 Selecting the Audio Source using Front Control Panel P. 352

Selecting an Audio Source

Select Source.

Source List

Front/Rear*

Models with rear entertainment system

* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 241

Select Audio Menu to display the menu items.

The following items are available: Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.

2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240

Sound Settings: Displays the Sound Settings screen. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 249

Edit/Delete HDD Music (HDD mode)*: Displays the Edit/Delete HDD Music screen.

2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 277

Radio Text (FM mode): Displays the text information broadcast by the current RDS station.

2 Radio text P. 256

Displaying the Menu Items

Select Audio Menu.

Menu Items

241Continued* Not available on all models

242

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 242

SportsFlash (SiriusXM mode): Displays the SportsFlashTM list. If the favorite sport team is not registered, the setup screen of SportsFlashTM is displayed.

2 Live Sports Alert P. 263 2 Customized Features P. 358

Traffic & Weather Now (SiriusXM mode): Displays to the Traffic & Weather Now screen.

2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 265

View Channel Schedule (SiriusXM mode): Displays the SiriusXM channel schedule.

Audio Settings: Displays the Audio Settings screen. 2 Customized Features P. 358

Screen Settings: Displays the Screen Settings screen. 2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 243

RES Settings*: Displays the RES Settings screen. 2 Rear System Setup P. 356 2 Customized Features P. 358

* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu

res

1Changing the Screen Settings

The following are adjustable screen settings: Sync Display Brightness

Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness.

Brightness Contrast Black Level Beep

Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen.

Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type.

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 243

1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen Settings.

2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the setting.

Changing the Screen Settings

243

244

uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen

Featu res

SMARTPHONE ButtonINFO Button

Smartphone

SMARTPHONE ButtonPHONE Button

INFO Buttonavigation system

t navigation system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 244

Information Screen Displays the navigation*, HFL information, clock/wallpaper, trip computer, Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. From this screen, you can go to various setup options.

Press the NAV*, PHONE, INFO and SMARTPHONE buttons to go to the corresponding display.

Switching the Display

PHONE Button

Phone Info

NAV Button

Models with n

Models withou

Navigation*

* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic Operationu Information Screen Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 245

Navigation*

Shows the navigation screen. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

Phone Shows the HFL information.

2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 393

Info Shows the AcuraLink Messages*, Trip Computer, Clock/Wallpaper, Traffic Incidents* or Voice Recognition Guide*. Press or INFO button to display the Information Menu screen.

AcuraLink Messages*: Shows a AcuraLink message menu list.

2 AcuraLink Message P. 439

Trip computer: Current Drive Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip.

History of Trip A Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles. Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.

245Continued* Not available on all models

246

uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 246

Deleting the history manually 1. Press on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History. 2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

Clock/Wallpaper: Shows a clock screen or an image you import.

Traffic Incidents*: Shows a traffic incidents list.

2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

Voice Recognition Guide*: Shows a voice recognition guide screen.

Smartphone Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.

2 Apple CarPlay P. 299 2 Android Auto P. 303

* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic Operationu Information Screen Featu

res

1Wallpaper Setup

When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drives root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported.

The file name must be fewer than 255 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported

is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 2 MB. The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. Up to three files can be saved. If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,

the No files detected message appears.

When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drives root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported.

The file name must be fewer than 210 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported

is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 10 MB. The maximum image size is 5,800 x 5,800 pixels. Up to 10 files can be saved for each driver (Driver 1

and Driver 2). If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,

the No files detected message appears.

Models without navigation system

Models with navigation system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 247

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the information screen.

Import wallpaper 1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port

(2.5A). 2 USB Ports P. 233

2. Press the SETTINGS button. 3. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/

Wallpaper Type. 4. Move to select Wallpaper tab. u The screen will change to the wallpaper

list. 5. Rotate to select Options, then press

. u Repeat the procedure to select, Add

New Wallpaper. 6. Rotate to select a desired picture. u The preview is displayed on the left side

on the screen. 7. Rotate to select Start Import, then

press to save the data. u The display will return to the wallpaper

list.

Wallpaper Setup

Continued 247

248

uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 248

Select wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.

3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press . u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select Set, then press . u The display will return to the Clock Settings screen.

Delete wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.

3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press . u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.

6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely. u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Featu

res

1Adjusting the Sound

The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.

DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc.

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 249

Adjusting the Sound 1. Select Audio Menu, then select Sound

Settings. 2. Select the Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance,

Center*, Subwoofer, SVC (Speed- sensitive Volume Compensation) or DTS Neural Surround*.

3. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the setting.

249* Not available on all models

250

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Featu res

1Changing the Screen Brightness

You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 250

Display Setup You can change the brightness of the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press

. 4. Rotate to adjust the setting. 5. Press . u The display will return to the System

Settings screen.

1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen Settings.

2. Use (+ , (- to adjust the setting.

Changing the Screen Brightness Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation Featu

res

1Voice Control Operation

When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks what you would like to do. Press and release the button again to bypass this prompt and give a command.

1Voice Recognition

The voice control system can only be used from the drivers seat because the microphone unit removes noises from the front passengers side.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 251

Voice Control Operation Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation. The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights in the ceiling.

To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system: Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are

using. The system recognizes only certain commands. Available voice command P. 252

Close the windows and moonroof. Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone in

the ceiling. Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words. Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your

command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.

Voice Recognition

Models with navigation system

251Continued

252

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 252

When the (Talk) button is pressed, available voice commands appear on the screen. For a complete list of commands, say Voice Help after the beep.

The system only recognizes the commands on the following pages, at certain screens. Free form voice commands are not recognized.

Voice Portal Screen

2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

When the system recognizes the Audio command, the screen will change the dedicated screen for the voice recognition of the audio. Tune to FM <87.7-107.9> Tune to AM <530-1710> SiriusXM Channel <0-999> SiriusXM <0-999> More Back Cancel Play Artist Play Play Album Play Play Song Play Play Composer Play Play Genre Play Play Playlist Play List Artist

Navigation

Audio

List List Album List List Composer List List Genre List List Playlist List

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 253

This can be only used when the phone is connected. When the system recognizes the Phone command, the screen will change the dedicated screen for the voice recognition of the phone. Dial by Number Redial Back Cancel Call Dial Call Dial Call Dial

Phone commands are not available if using Apple CarPlay.

You can see a list of the available commands on the screen. Phone Commands Audio Commands Navigation Commands Voice Settings Voice Recognition Guide

Phone

Voice Help

253

254

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Featu res

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Tune Select to displays the manual input screen of radio frequency.

Stations Select to displays the station list screen.

HD Radio List Select to displays the sub-channel list screen.

Models with HD RadioTM feature

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 254

Playing AM/FM Radio

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.

Source Select to change a band or change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current station details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Preset Icons Tune the preset radio frequency. Select and hold the preset icon to store that station. Select or to display preset 6 onwards.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu

res

1Playing AM/FM Radio

You can control the AM/FM radio using voice commands*.

2 Voice Control Operation P. 251

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.

Switching the Audio Mode Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.

2 Audio Remote Controls P. 237

You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory.

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and Arc logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp.

Models with HD RadioTM feature

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 255

To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

To find an RDS station from Station List 1. Select Stations. 2. Select station on the list.

Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Select Stations. 2. Select Refresh on the list.

Preset Memory

Radio Data System (RDS)

Continued 255* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

256

Featu res

1Radio frequency manual tune screen

You can tune the range of FM frequency between 87.7 to 107.9MHz and range of AM frequency between 530 to 1710kHz.

Tune icons: Select or to tune the radio frequency.

Seek icons: Select or to search the selected band up or down for a station with a strong signal.

1Radio text

The text indicator comes on when you received a text message. The indicator stays on until you read the message.

The radio text information is not updated automatically. If you want to display the latest information, return to the previous screen and select Radio Text again.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 256

Radio frequency manual tune screen 1. Select Tune. 2. Enter the desired radio frequency using the

numeric keypad. 3. Select OK to tune into the frequency.

You can also tune into the radio frequency of your choice following the procedures below instead of inputing its frequency value. 1. Touch the desired frequency value on the

frequency bar. 2. Select and hold the frequency indicator,

then slide it to the desired frequency value on the frequency bar.

Radio text Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Radio Text.

Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.

Select SCAN. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.

Frequency Indicator

Frequency Bar

Numeric Keypad

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Tune Select to displays the channel number input screen.

Presets/Controls Select to changes between the Presets mode and Controls mode of the Replay function.

Browse Select to displays the channel list of Categories, Channels or Featured channels types.

Channel Up/Down Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 257

Playing SiriusXM Radio

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Category Up/Down Icons Select or to display and select a SiriusXM Radio category.

Source Select to change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current channel details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Preset Icons Tune the preset channel. Select and hold the preset icon to store that channel. Select or

to display preset 4 onwards.

257Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

258

Featu res

1Playing SiriusXM Radio

You can control the SiriusXM radio using voice commands*.

2 Voice Control Operation P. 251

In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

There may be instances when SiriusXM Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system.

SiriusXM Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections.

Tune Start: When you change a channel, a song being played on that channel restarts from the beginning with this function. This can be turned on or off from the Play the Song from the Beginning setting.

2 Customized Features P. 358

1SiriusXM channel manual tune screen

Channel icons: Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 258

1. Select the SiriusXM mode. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 237 2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 240

2. Select a channel using the , icons or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.

SiriusXM channel manual tune screen 1. Select Tune. 2. Enter the desired channel number using the

numeric keypad. 3. Select OK to tune into the channel.

You can also tune into the channel of your choice following the procedures below instead of inputing its channel number. 1. Touch the desired channel number on the

channel bar. 2. Select and hold the channel indicator, then

slide it to the desired channel number on the channel bar.

To Play SiriusXM Radio

Channel Indicator Channel Bar

Numeric Keypad

* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Playing SiriusXM Radio

You can store 12 SiriusXM stations into the preset memory.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 259

To change the tune mode: 1. Select Tune. 2. Select Channel/Category icon.

To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select Presets/Controls icon to set the Presets. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel.

Channel/Category Icon

Preset Memory

Continued 259

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

260

Featu res

1TuneMixTM (Multi-channel preset)

TuneMixTM is registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup the TuneMix setting to On.

2 Customized Features P. 358

TuneMixTM is available for music channels only.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 260

TuneMixTM (Multi-channel preset) You can store up to 10 of your preferred music channels and listen to them randomly.

1. Tune a channel. 2. Select and hold the preset number you

want to store that channel.

3. Select Add. 4. Select Done to return the previous screen.

To delete a multi-channel preset: 1. Select and hold the preset number you want to delete that channel. 2. Select the channel icon. 3. Select Delete. 4. Select Done to return the previous screen.

Select and hold.

Channel Icon

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Listening to Featured Channels

Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM can be displayed.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 261

Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM can be displayed and selected. 1. Select Browse. 2. Select Featured Channels. 3. Select a channel.

You can check a channel schedule by selected channel list on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select View Channel Schedule.

You can also check the other channel by the following procedure. 3. Select Categories, Channels or Presets. 4. Select a channel.

Listening to Featured Channels

Displaying a Channel Schedule

Continued 261

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

262

Featu res

1Replay Function

The system starts storing broadcast in memory when the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to the program from that point.

You can no longer replay any program once the power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory. You can check how long the program has been stored in memory from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is behind the real-time broadcast (B): Replayed segment (C): Length stored in memory

(A)

(B)(C)

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 262

The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each broadcast.

1. Select Presets/Controls to set the Controls.

2. Select an option.

The following items are available: : Pauses or plays a storing broadcast.

: Returns to real-time broadcast. : Skips to the previously stored channel. : Skips to the next channel.

: Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fast- rewind the current selection.

: Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fast-forward the current selection.

Returning to real-time broadcast Select while listening to the playback channel.

Replay Function

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Live Sports Alert

The sports alert function at SiriusXM mode only.

1To set up a sports alert

Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM mode is on. Selecting Enable once from customized settings disables the alert feature next time you turn the power mode to ON.

2 Customized Features P. 358

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 263

While listening to other channels you can receive sports alerts such as scores from your favorite teams.

To set up a sports alert 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select SiriusXM. 4. Select SportsFlash. 5. Select Notification, then select Enable. 6. Select Favorite Teams, then select a team.

Live Sports Alert

Continued 263

264

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 264

Receiving a sports alert 1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert. 2. Select Listen Now.

The following items are available: / : Pauses or plays a current sports alert. : Returns to real-time broadcast.

: Skips to the previously stored sports alert. : Skips to the next stored sports alert.

: Select to skip back 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to fast- rewind the current sports alert.

: Select to skip forward 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to fast-forward the current sports alert. Back: Returns to previous channel.

Listening to a missed sports alert 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select SportsFlash. 3. Select an item.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Traffic and Weather Information

The traffic and weather information function in SiriusXM mode only.

Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

1To set up a traffic & weather information

When you listen to the traffic and weather information service, set up the applicable city using Traffic & Weather Now Setup.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 265

You can receive the SiriusXM traffic and weather information service in SiriusXM mode.

To set up a traffic & weather information 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select SiriusXM. 4. Select Traffic & Weather Now Setup. 5. Select the region. u When you do not want to receive the

information, select No City Selected.

Traffic and Weather Information

Continued 265

266

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 266

Listening a traffic and weather information 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Traffic & Weather Now.

The following items are available: / : Pauses or plays a stored broadcast. : Returns to real-time broadcast.

: Skips to the previously stored channel. : Skips to the next channel.

: Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to fast- rewind the current broadcast.

: Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to fast-forward the current broadcast. Back: Returns to previous channel.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Scan

You can select desired channel by songs using Scan Presets.

The Scan Songs in Presets function is based on TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM.

The Featured Channels function is based on Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM.

TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

Scan Mode Menu Items Scan Channels: Scans for channels with a strong signal in the selected mode. Scan Presets: Scans for desired preset channel by songs. Select (skip up) or (skip down) to skip to the next/previous stored selection.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 267

Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds. 1. Select Presets/Controls to set the Controls. 2. Select SCAN. 3. Select Scan Channels or Scan Presets. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.

Scan

267

268

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Featu res

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC). Select and hold to move rapidly within a track/file.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Search Select to displays the music search list screen.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Random Icon Select to plays tracks/files in random order.

(CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD.

CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 268

Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Source Select to change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current track/ file details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track/file.

SCAN Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks/files.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu

res

1Playing a CD

NOTICE Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit.

WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system skips to the next file.

Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: When you select a new folder, file, or track. When you change the audio mode to CD. When you insert a CD.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 269

1. Select Search. 2. Select a folder.

3. Select a track.

How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/AAC)

Folder Selection

File Selection

Continued 269

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

270

Featu res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items SCAN Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10- second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.

Repeat

Random

(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.

(repeat track): Repeats the current track/file.

(repeat folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder.

(random off): Random mode to off.

(random in folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order.

(random all tracks): Plays all tracks/files in random order.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 270

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file. Scan Select SCAN to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks/files.

Random/Repeat Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode.

To turn off a play mode To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.

How to Select a Play Mode

Random IconRepeat Icon

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Featu

res

CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.

(CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks. Select and hold to move rapidly within a track.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Track Menu Select to displays the track menu.

Browse Select to displays the music search list screen.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 271

Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio The Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio function plays tracks from music CDs that have been recorded onto the built-in HDD. You can arrange the tracks in playlists or play the tracks using various search methods.

Models with navigation system

Source Select to change an audio source.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Random Icon Select to plays tracks in random order.

SCAN Icon Select to use a scan feature.

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current track.

Playlist/Album Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next playlist/album, and to skip to the beginning of the previous playlist/album.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current track details. Select to displays the previous screen.

271Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

272

Featu res

1Recording a Music CD to HDD

You can add tracks to user playlists, where you can mix and match tracks from other CDs recorded on the HDD.

2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 277 2 Editing Track Information P. 280

If you stop the engine or the audio system is turned off while recording a CD, there may be pauses between songs when you play back from the HDD.

Repeat, random, and scan functions are not available during recording.

You can play music from other sources (e.g., SiriusXM, HDD, etc.) while recording.

Please note that there is no compensation offered in the case of unsuccessful recording of audio data or the loss of audio data due to any cause whatsoever.

Clearing the HDD Any music tracks stored on the HDD can be deleted.

2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 283

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 272

When Recording from CD is set to Auto, the songs on music CDs are automatically recorded to the HDD the first time you play each disc. You can then play the songs directly from the HDD.

2 Customized Features P. 358

Select . (in CD mode)

When Recording from CD is set to Manual, the songs on music CDs can be manually recorded to the HDD. Select . (in CD mode)

Recording a Music CD to HDD

Stop Recording

Recording a CD Manually

Recording

Ready to record

Select Track List.

Select .X

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Featu

res

1How to Select a Track from the Music Search List

You can control the HDD audio using voice commands.

2 Voice Control Operation P. 251 2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 287

Music tracks recorded on HDD cannot be recorded onto CDs or other devices.

Tracks are recorded at four times the playback speed using ultra-efficient compression technology; therefore, sound quality may vary slightly from the original.

If the HDD is ever replaced, all music data is lost and cannot be recovered.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 309

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 273

1. Select Browse. 2. Select the items on that menu. u Title information is displayed if found in

the Gracenote Album Info (Gracenote Media Database) stored on the HDD.

u The HDD has two types of playlists: original playlists and user playlists. An original playlist is automatically created for each album when a music CD is recorded.

How to Select a Track from the Music Search List

Continued 273

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

274

Featu res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items SCAN The following menu items vary depending on the category you selected by the Browse list. Scan Albums: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current album. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks on the HDD. Scan Artists: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current artist. Scan Playlists: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current playlist. Scan Genres: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current genre. Scan Composers: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current composer. Scan Rec. Date: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks in current recorded date.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 274

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track. Scan Select SCAN to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks.

How to Select a Play Mode

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Featu

res

1Random/Repeat

Random/Repeat The following menu items vary depending on the category you selected by the Browse list. Repeat

(repeat off): Changes repeat mode to off.

(repeat track): Repeats the current track.

(repeat album): Repeats all tracks in the current album.

(repeat playlist): Repeats all tracks in the current playlist.

(repeat artist): Repeats all tracks in the current artist.

(repeat genre): Repeats all tracks in the current genre.

(repeat composer): Repeats all tracks in the current composer.

(repeat recorded date): Repeats all tracks in the current recorded date.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 275

Random/Repeat Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode.

To turn off a play mode To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.

Repeat Icon Random Icon

Continued 275

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

276

Featu res

1Random/Repeat

Random

(random off): Changes random mode to off.

(random all tracks): Plays all tracks in random order.

(random in album): Plays all tracks in the current album in random order.

(random in playlist): Plays all tracks in the current playlist in random order.

(random in artist): Plays all tracks in the current artist in random order.

(random in genre): Plays all tracks in the current genre in random order.

(random in composer): Plays all tracks in the current composer in random order.

(random in recorded date): Plays all tracks in the current recorded date in random order.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 276

You can edit an information of current selected track on the playlist. 1. Select Track Menu. 2. Select the items on that menu.

The following items are available: Replay: Select to replay from the beginning of current selected track. Add to Playlist: Add a current selected track to the playlist. Edit Name: Edits current selected tack information. Delete: Delete a current selected track from the album and playlist. Move: Changes the order of tracks currently playing album or playlist.

Editing a Current Track

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Featu

res

1Editing an Album or Playlist

The maximum number of original playlists is 50 with a maximum of 99 songs in each playlist.

Each album CD counts as an original playlist. Adding a track from a user playlist into the same user playlist will cause the track to appear twice in the playlist.

Deleting an album (original playlist) also deletes the album tracks you have stored in any user playlists.

Deleting a user playlist or deleting all tracks from a user playlist does not remove the playlist folder. The folder retains the playlist name and artist information.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 277

Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.

Editing an album 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music. 3. Select the items other than Tracks and

Playlists on that menu. 4. Select an album that you want to edit or

delete.

5. To edit an album name: Select Edit Name, then select Album Name. u Enter the album name using the

keyboard, then select OK.

To delete an album: Select Delete, then select Yes.

To edit track information or delete a track: Select List Tracks.

2 Editing Track Information P. 280

6. Select Done.

Editing an Album or Playlist

Continued 277

278

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 278

Editing a playlist 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music. 3. Select Playlists. 4. Select a playlist that you want to edit or

delete.

5. To edit a playlist name: Select Edit Name, then select Playlist Name. u Enter the playlist name using the

keyboard, then select OK.

To delete a playlist: Select Delete, then select Yes.

To edit track information or delete a track: Select List Tracks.

2 Editing Track Information P. 280

6. Select Done.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 279

Creating a new playlist 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music. 3. Select Playlists.

4. Select Create New Playlist.

5. Enter the playlist name using the keyboard, then select OK.

6. Select an item, then select desired track. 7. Select Done.

279Continued

280

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 280

Change the track title, artist name, genre and composer. You can also delete tracks. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music. 3. Select Tracks. 4. Select a track you want to edit or delete.

5. To edit track information: Select Edit Name, then select Track Name, Track Artist, etc. u Enter the track name, track artist, etc.

using the keyboard, then select OK.

To delete a track: Select Delete, then select Yes.

6. Select Done.

Editing Track Information

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 281

Music information (album name, artist name, genre) can be acquired by accessing the Gracenote Album Info.

1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music. 3. Select an item you want to acquire music

information.

4. Select Edit Name.

5. Select Get Music Information. u The system starts to access the

Gracenote Album Info.

Displaying Music Information

281Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

282

Featu res

1Updating Gracenote Album Info

To acquire updated files: Consult a dealer. U.S.: Visit www.acura.com. Canada: Visit www.acura.ca. Once you perform an update, any information you edited before will be overwritten or erased.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 282

Update the Gracenote Album Info (Gracenote Media Database) that is included with the navigation system.

1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select CD/HDD. 4. Insert the update disc into the disc slot or

connect the USB flash drive that includes the update.

5. Select Update Gracenote Album Information.

6. Select Update by CD or Update by USB. u The system starts updating and the

confirmation message appears on the screen. Select OK to finish.

Updating Gracenote Album Info

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 283

Delete all music data on the HDD. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select CD/HDD. 4. Select Delete All HDD Data. u The confirmation message will appear.

5. Select Yes.

Deleting all HDD Data

283

284

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Featu res

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Browse Select to displays the music search list screen.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Shuffle Icon Select to change a play mode in album shuffle or shuffle all songs.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 284

Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port (2.5A), then select the iPod mode.

2 USB Ports P. 233

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Source Select to change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current song details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current song.

/ (Play/Pause) Icon Select to resume or play a song.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu

res

1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

You can control an iPod using voice commands*. 2 Voice Control Operation P. 251 2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 287

Available operating functions vary on models and/or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 310

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 285

1. Select Browse. 2. Select the items on that menu.

How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

Continued 285* Not available on all models

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

286

Featu res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items Repeat

Shuffle

*1: Not available on all iPod.

(repeat off)*1: Repeat mode to off.

(repeat song): Repeats the current song.

(repeat all): Repeats the all songs.

(shuffle off): shuffle mode to off.

(shuffle all songs): Plays all available songs in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. (shuffle albums): Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 286

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song. Shuffle/Repeat Select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly until a desired mode.

To turn off a play mode To turn off the shuffle or repeat, select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly.

How to Select a Play Mode

Shuffle IconRepeat Icon

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV) Featu

res

1Song By VoiceTM (SBV)

Setting options: On (factory default): Song By VoiceTM commands

are available. Off: Disable the feature.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 287

Song By VoiceTM (SBV) Use SBV to search for and play music from your HDD or iPod using voice commands.

To enable SBV 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Move or to select the Voice Reco.

tab. 4. Rotate to select Song By Voice. 5. Press to select On or Off.

Models with navigation system

287Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)

288

Featu res

1Searching for music using SBV

Song By VoiceTM Commands List 2 Voice Control Operation P. 251

NOTE: Song By VoiceTM commands are available for tracks stored on the HDD or iPod.

You can add phonetic modifications of difficult words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.

2 Phonetic Modification P. 289

SBV may not be able to recognize languages other than English for the artist name, song title, album title, and composers.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 288

Searching for music using SBV 1. Set the Song By Voice setting to On. 2. Press the (Talk) button and say Audio

to activate the SBV feature for the HDD and iPod.

3. Press the button and say a command. u Example 1: Say (List) Artist A to view a

list of songs by that artist. Select the desired song to start playing.

u Example 2: Say Play Artist A to start playing songs by that artist.

4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/ back) button on the steering wheel. The selected song continues playing.

Once you have canceled this mode, you need to press the button and say Audio again to re-activate this mode.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV) Featu

res

1Phonetic Modification

Song By Voice Phonetic Modification is grayed out when Song By Voice is set to Off.

You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification items.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 289

Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when searching for music on the HDD or iPod.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings,

then press . 3. Move or to select the Voice Reco.

tab. 4. Rotate to select Song By Voice

Phonetic Modification, then press . 5. Rotate to select New Modification,

then press . 6. Rotate to select HDD or iPod, then

press .

Phonetic Modification

Continued 289

290

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By VoiceTM (SBV)

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 290

7. Rotate to select the item to modify (e.g., Artist), then press . u The list of the selected item appears on

the screen. 8. Rotate to select an entry (e.g., No

Name), then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the

screen. 9. Rotate to select Modify, then press

. u To listen to the current phonetic

modification, rotate to select Play, then press .

u To delete the current phonetic modification, rotate to select Delete, then press .

10. Enter the phonetic spelling you wish to use (e.g., Artist A) when prompted.

11. Select OK to exit. u The artist No Name is phonetically

modified to Artist A. When in the SBV mode, you can press the (Talk) button and use the voice command Play Artist A to play songs by the artist No Name.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora*1 Featu

res

1Playing Pandora*1

Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is currently available exclusively in the United States.

To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-888-528-7876.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Stations Select to displays the station list screen.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Skip Icon Select to skip a track.

Station Up/Down Icons Select to change a station.

Bookmark Track Icon Bookmarks the current track. Bookmark Artist Icon Bookmarks the current artist.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 291

Playing Pandora*1

Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora app on a compatible smartphone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using your USB cable to the USB port (2.5A).

2 Phone Setup P. 401 2 USB Ports P. 233

*1:Available only on U.S. models.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Source Select to change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current track details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Like/Dislike Icons Select to evaluate a track.

Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a track.

291Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora*1

292

Featu res

1Playing Pandora*1

Pandora is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, track, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.

To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information.

If you cannot operate Pandora through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth Audio. Make sure Pandora mode on your audio system is selected.

Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

2 Pandora P. 312

There are restrictions on the number of tracks you can skip or dislike in a given hour.

If your phone is connected to Android Auto, Pandora is only available through the Android Auto interface. Visit the Android Auto website to check compatibility.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 292

1. Select Stations. 2. Select a item to select a track.

Create Station You can create a station by Genre, Current Track or Current Artist. 1. Select Stations. 2. Select Create Station. 3. Select the item you want to create a station.

You can also create a station by the following procedure. 1. Select track name or artist name. 2. Select Yes.

Select the connecting method If the two devices that install Pandora app are connected via the USB and Bluetooth connection separately, you can select the USB or Bluetooth connection to use the Pandora.

1. Select the PANDORA on the source list screen. 2. Select USB or Bluetooth.

How to Select a Track from the Stations List

Select track or artist name.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu

res

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Search Select to displays the music search list screen.

Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Random Icon Select to plays all files in random order.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 293

Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port (2.5A), then select the USB mode.

2 USB Ports P. 233

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

Source Select to change an audio source.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current file details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current file.

SCAN Icon Select to provides 10-second sampling of each files.

293Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

294

Featu res

1Playing a USB Flash Drive

Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System

P. 316

Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 310

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 294

1. Select Search. 2. Select a folder.

3. Select a file.

How to Select a File from the Music Search List

Folder Selection

File Selection

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu

res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items SCAN Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder.

Repeat

Random

(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.

(repeat track): Repeats the current file.

(repeat folder): Repeats all files in the current folder.

(random off): Random mode to off.

(random in folder): Plays all files in the current folder in random order.

(random all tracks): Plays all files in random order.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 295

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file. Scan Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling of each file.

Random/Repeat Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode.

To turn off a play mode To turn off scan, select Stop Scan. To turn off random or repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.

How to Select a Play Mode

Random IconRepeat Icon

295

296

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio

Featu res

1Playing Bluetooth Audio

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving.

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

Some functions may not be available on some devices.

If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, Bluetooth Audio from that phone is unavailable. However, a second previously paired phone can stream Bluetooth Audio by selecting Connect to Audio from the Edit Bluetooth Device.

2 Phone Setup P. 401

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 296

Playing Bluetooth Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.

2 Phone Setup P. 401

Source Select to change an audio source.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current file details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Play Icon

Pause Icon

Browse Select to displays the track list screen.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Folder Up/Down Icons Select or to change folders.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio Featu

res

1To Play Bluetooth Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone makers operating instructions.

The pause function may not be available on some phones.

Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. This function may not be available on some phones.

1Searching for Music

Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 297

1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL.

2. Select the Bluetooth Audio mode.

If the phone is not recognized, another HFL- compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth Audio, may already be connected.

To pause or resume a file Select the play icon or pause icon.

1. Select Browse. 2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums). 3. Select an item. u The selection begins playing.

To Play Bluetooth Audio Files

Play Icon Pause Icon

Searching for Music

297

298

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free

Featu res

1Siri Eyes Free

Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Check Apple Inc. website for features available for Siri.

We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.

1Using Siri Eyes Free

Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 298

Siri Eyes Free You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.

2 Phone Setup P. 401

Using Siri Eyes Free

(Hang-up/back) button: Press to deactivate Siri.

(Talk) button: Press and hold until the display changes as shown.

While in Siri Eyes Free: The display remains the same. No feedback or commands appear.

Appears when Siri is activated in Siri Eyes Free

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay Featu

res

1Apple CarPlay

Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later are compatible with Apple CarPlay.

Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible apps.

To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the 2.5A USB port ( ).

2 USB Ports P. 233

To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function, press the PHONE button. While connected to Apple CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple CarPlay. If you want to make a call with Bluetooth HandsFreeLink, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach the USB cable from your iPhone.

2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 301

When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth Audio or Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth while Apple CarPlay is connected.

2 Phone Setup P. 401

For details on countries and regions where Apple CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Apple homepage.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 299

Apple CarPlay If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB port ( ), you can use the information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.

2 USB Ports P. 233

*1:The operation methods may differ from your connected iPhone.

Apple CarPlay Menu

Go back to the previous screen of this audio system.

Information Screen Apple CarPlay menu screen

Go back to the Apple CarPlay menu screen

SMARTPHONE Button Press to display the Apple CarPlay menu screen.

Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)*1

Move the interface dial to select the item. Press to enter the item.

BACK Button*1

Press to go back to the previous display.

299Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay

300

Featu res

1Apple CarPlay

Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements & Limitations Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carriers rate plans will apply.

Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Apple CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or functionality.

It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple homepage for information on compatible apps.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 300

Phone Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.

Messages Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.

Music Play music stored on your iPhone.

Maps Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your iPhone.

Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple Maps) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination.

Models with navigation system

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay Featu

res

1Setting Up Apple CarPlay

You can also use the method below to set up Apple CarPlay: Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone SettingsApple CarPlay Device List

Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and Apples Privacy Policy.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 301

After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB port ( ), use the following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need to consent to the sharing of this information on the information screen.

Enabling Apple CarPlay Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent.

You may change the consent settings under the Smartphone Settings menu.

Setting Up Apple CarPlay

Continued 301

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay

302

Featu res

1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri

Below are examples of questions and commands for Siri. What movies are playing today? Call dad at work. What song is this? Hows the weather tomorrow? Read my latest email. Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.

For more information, please visit www.apple.com/ios/siri.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 302

Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri.

Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri

(Talk) button: Press and hold to activate Siri. Press again to deactivate Siri.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Featu

res

1Android Auto

To use Android Auto, you need to download the Android Auto app from Google Play to your smartphone.

Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are compatible with Android Auto. Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto phone.

Park in a safe place before connecting your Android phone to Android Auto and when launching any compatible apps.

To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the 2.5A USB port ( ).

2 USB Ports P. 233

When your Android phone is connected to Android Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth Audio. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth while Android Auto is connected.

2 Phone Setup P. 401

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 303

Android Auto When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the 2.5A USB port ( ), Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, you can use the information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation), Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a tutorial will appear on the screen. We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using Android Auto.

2 USB Ports P. 233 2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 306

303Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

304

Featu res

1Android Auto

For details on countries and regions where Android Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.

Android Auto Operating Requirements & Limitations Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carriers rate plans will apply.

Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Android Auto functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Android Auto functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Android Auto performance or functionality.

It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 304

*1:The operation methods may differ from your connected Android phone.

Android Auto Menu

6

Information Screen Android Auto menu screen

SMARTPHONE Button Press to display the Android Auto menu screen.

Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)*1

Move and rotate the interface dial to select the item. Press to enter the item.

BACK Button*1

Press to go back to the previous display.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 305

a Maps (Navigation) Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other inputs.

Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination. The information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination. b Phone (Communication) Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail. c Google Now (Home screen) Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear just when theyre needed. d Music and audio Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto. To switch between music apps, press this icon. e Go back to the previous screen of this audio system. f Voice Operate Android Auto with your voice.

Models with navigation system

305Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

306

Featu res

1Enabling Android Auto

Only initialize Android Auto when you are safely parked. When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came with your phone.

You can use the method below to change Android Auto settings after you have completed the initial setup: Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone SettingsAndroid Auto Device List

Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is governed by Googles Privacy Policy.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 306

When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the 2.5A USB port ( ), Android Auto is automatically initiated.

Enabling Android Auto Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent.

You may change the consent settings under the Smartphone Settings menu.

Auto Pairing Connection

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Featu

res

1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition

Below are examples of commands you can give with voice recognition: Reply to text. Call my wife. Navigate to Acura. Play my music. Send a text message to my wife. Call flower shop.

For more information, please refer to the Android Auto homepage.

You can also activate the voice recognition function by moving .

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 307

Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice.

Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition

(Talk) button: Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice. Press to deactivate voice recognition.

307

308

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 308

Audio Error Messages

Solution

will be skipped. The next supported track/file lly.

t) button and remove the disc, and check that the cleared. isc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the

CDs P. 317

age reappears, press the button, and pull out

disc. lays, there is a problem with the first disc. age repeats, or the disc cannot be removed, . ce the disc out of the player.

isc is not damaged or deformed. CDs P. 317

ystem off and allow the player to cool down until e is cleared.

CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.

Error Message Cause

This function is not available because the system has encountered a file error or a DRM protected file.

Track/file format not supported Current track/file

plays automatica

This is a bad disc. Please see your owners manual for more details. Push Eject. Mechanical error

Press the (ejec error message is

Check that the d disc again.

2 Protecting If the error mess

the disc. Insert a different

If the new disc p If the error mess

contact a dealer Do not try to for

Mecha Error

This is a bad disc. Please see your owners manual for more details.

Servo error

Check the disc Disc error Check that the d

2 Protecting

Heat Error High temperature Turn the audio s

the error messag

uuAudio Error MessagesuHard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Featu

res

Solution

ystem off and allow the player to cool down until e is cleared.

ystem has difficulty reading the HDD when the ssure is too low. The navigation system starts up en the atmospheric pressure returns to safe

file format not supported. Current track will be t supported track plays automatically.

e HDD is empty or there are no available files in

o available function is selected while the CD is HDD.

o available function is selected while the Song By VoiceTM recognition function is

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 309

Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio If an error occurs while playing the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message

HDD access error. Please consult your dealer.

The navigation system temperature is too high. For protection, the system will shut off until it cools down.

Turn the audio s the error messag

The navigation system atmospheric pressure is too low. For protection, the system will shut off until the pressure returns to safe levels.

The navigation s atmospheric pre automatically wh levels.

Unplayable File Appears when a skipped. The nex

There is no data available. Appears when th the HDD.

This function is not available during CD recording while the CD is recording to the HDD.

Appears when n recording to the

Generating voice recognition commands. Please try again later.

Appears when n dictionary of the generated.

Models with navigation system

309

310

uuAudio Error Messagesu iPod/USB Flash Drive

Featu res

ion

tem. Check if the device is compatible with the

Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system ce that caused the error.

it appears when a supported iPod is connected,

e iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

the screen while displaying the DRM or an

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 310

iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solut

Communication error detected. When safe, please reconnect your device.

Appears when there is a problem with the audio sys audio system.

This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owners manual for more details.

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the devi

This version of iOS is not supported.

Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If update the iPod software to the newer version.

There is an authentication error. When safe, please reconnect your device.

Appears when the system does not acknowledge th

This function is not available because the system has encountered a file error or a DRM protected file.

Appears when you select the grayed-out option on unsupported format file.

uuAudio Error Messagesu iPod/USB Flash Drive Featu

res

ion

are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash

.

If it appears when a supported device is

SB hubs. Disconnect the USB hubs and directly

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 311

Error Message Solut

There is no data detected. When safe, please check your device and try again.

Appears when the iPod is empty.

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there drive.

Check that compatible files are stored on the device

Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. connected, reconnect the device.

USB hubs are not supported. To listen to audio, directly connect device to USB port.

Appears when the USB device is connected via the U connect the device to the USB port (2.5A).

iPod

USB flash drive

iPod and USB flash drive

311

312

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora

Featu res

Solution

n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do e device that caused the error.

ere is a problem with the audio system. Check if patible with the audio system.

ere is no station list on the device. Use the device n.

ou try to skip a track over the predetermined in an hour.

e commanded operation is failed. Try again later.

o data is available with Pandora activated. and reconnect the device.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 312

Pandora If an error occurs while playing Pandora, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message

This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owners manual for more details.

Appears when a the device. Then not reconnect th

There is an unsupported device detected. When safe, please reconnect your device.

Appears when th the device is com

No stations have been created. When safe, please create a station on the device.

Appears when th to create a statio

There is no active station.

This PANDORA station is currently not available. Please select another station.

Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may skip each hour.

Appears when y number of times

The system is unable to save rating. The system is unable to save bookmark. or The system is unable to skip.

Appears when th

There is no data available. Appears when n Reboot the app

U.S. models

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora Featu

res

Solution

andora version is not supported. Update latest version.

e Pandora server is in maintenance. Try again

andora is unable to play music. Check your

e number of created stations reaches the one or more created stations from Pandora app d device.

ere is a temporary error with the audio system.

our connected device has network problems. e.

our connected device has some kind of problem t of the service area. onnected device is within the service area, and play Pandora. If the problem persists, consult a

ou try playing the Pandora in the country where available.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 313

Error Message

The PANDORA app version on your device is not supported. When safe, please update the app and try again later.

Appears when P Pandora to the

PANDORA is performing system maintenance. Please try again later.

Appears when th later.

The system cannot connect to PANDORA. When safe, please check your device. Appears when P

device.The system is unable to play PANDORA. When safe, login to PANDORA.

The maximum number of stations that can be created is 100. To create more, please delete one or more previously created stations.

Appears when th limitation. Delete on the connecte

The system is unable to create a new station. Please try again. Appears when th Try again later.

The system is unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later. Appears when y Check your devic

When safe, please check your device.

Appears when y such as being ou Check that the c then try again to dealer.

The system is unable to play PANDORA. Music licensing restricts play in this area.

Appears when y the service is not

313

314

uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto

Featu res

Solution

n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do e device that caused the error.

pple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize

vice is compatible with Apple CarPlay or Android st version of the app is installed on your device.

pple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize

device and try again.

our connected device is incompatible with Apple

vice is compatible with Apple CarPlay.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 314

Apple CarPlay/Android Auto If an error occurs while using the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message

A charging error has occurred with the connected device. When safe, please check the compatibility of the device and USB cable. Please see your owner's manual for more details.

This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner's manual for more details.

Appears when a the device. Then not reconnect th

Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please confirm the USB connection.

Appears when A your device. Check if your de Auto, or the late

Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please confirm the USB connection.

Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please try again. Appears when A your device. Reconnect your Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please try again.

Unable to start Apple CarPlay with your device. Your device is connected in digital audio mode.

Appears when y CarPlay. Check if your de

Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto Featu

res

Solution

our connected device is incompatible with

vice is compatible with Android Auto or the latest p is installed on your device.

ur version of the Android Auto is not supported. Auto to the latest version.

luetooth connection is failed. oth connection of this audio system and your

e.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 315

Error Message

This device is not compatible with Android Auto.

Appears when y Android Auto. Check if your de version of the ap

Please update to the latest version of Android Auto. Appears when yo Update Android

Connection failed. Please confirm Bluetooth connection status and try again.

Appears when B Check the Blueto connected devic

315

316

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 316

General Information on the Audio System

1Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio

Contact Information for SiriusXM Radio: U.S.: SiriusXM Radio at www.siriusxm.com/

subscribenow or 1-877-447-0011 Canada: SiriusXM Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/

subscribe-now or 1-877-209-0079

1Receiving SiriusXM Radio

The SiriusXM satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator.

You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: In a location with an obstruction to the south of

your vehicle. In tunnels On the lower level of a multi-tiered road Large items carried on the roof rack

SiriusXM Radio Service

1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, select channel up/down icons until CH000 and the radio ID appears.

2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM website to subscribe.

Switch to the SiriusXM mode by pressing the SOURCE button on the steering wheel, or through the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception.

Loading...: SiriusXM is loading the audio or program information. No Signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Unsubscribed channel: You are not subscribed to the channel selected. Unavailable channel: No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or title information is unavailable. Check the antenna, Disconnected antenna, Shorted antenna: There is a problem with the SiriusXM antenna. Contact a dealer.

Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio

Receiving SiriusXM Radio

SiriusXM Radio Display Messages

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs Featu

res

1Recommended CDs

A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either.

1Protecting CDs

NOTICE Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit.

Examples:

Damaged CDs

Bubbled/ Wrinkled

With Label/ Sticker

Using Printer Label Kit

Sealed With Plastic Ring Poor quality

CDs

Chipped/ Cracked

Warped Burrs

Small CDs

3-inch (8-cm) CD

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 317

Recommended CDs Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. Play only standard round-shaped CDs.

Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.

Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface. Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files

The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

317

318

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

Featu res

1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

This system may not work with all software versions of these devices.

1USB Flash Drives

Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 318

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

Model iPod (5th generation)

iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007) iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008) iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)

iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012 iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012

iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/ iPhone 6s/iPhone 7

USB Flash Drives

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 319

Honda App License Agreement

Featu res

PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS AGREEMENT) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR VEHICLE) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE SERVICES). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (HONDA, US, WE, OR OUR), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919 TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO HONDA IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDAS PARENT COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A PROVIDER). REFERENCE TO A PROVIDER IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDERS PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.

A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a DEALER). The SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, HONDA SERVICES); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, PROVIDER SERVICES), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.

B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property. 1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a) as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT

2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the HONDA TERMS). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while you are using the SOFTWARE.

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

319Continued

320

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 320

3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source licenses which govern HONDAs distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone. Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual or within the SOFTWARE.

4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the PROVIDER TERMS). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants, conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information, targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.

5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use. (a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA (any DOCUMENTATION). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 321

(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:

6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors, affiliates, or suppliers.

(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation, HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION; (2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or interfere with anyone elses use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES; (3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any way; (4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights; (5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver distraction laws, rules or regulations; (6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions, and privacy policies; or (7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software licenses.

321Continued

322

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 322

7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other governments.

C. SOFTWARE Operation 1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.

2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid drivers license issued by their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.

3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES.

4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of such websites and content.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 323

5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties) use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.

6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the- air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be updated at HONDAs discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.

7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.

D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings 1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicles current location (longitude and latitude), travel direction and speed (VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts, or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.

323Continued

324

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 324

2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls, routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.

3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a) consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.

4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could result in a crash.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 325

E. Information Collection and Storage 1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services. HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you. HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you.

2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.

(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE (VEHICLE INFORMATION) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows, battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes, diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period of time necessary to fulfill these goals.

(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicles geolocation data (latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.

(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLESs multimedia system and you understand that the security and safety of your VEHICLEs multimedia system is your sole responsibility.

325Continued

326

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 326

F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE BASIS WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non- infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may not apply to you.

G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights. 1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 327

2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential, indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including, without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you, and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES interruptions of any length.

(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA, PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence, strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.

H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.

327Continued

328

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 328

I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLEs compatible multimedia system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

K. Termination and Transfer. 1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason, and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 329

L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification, suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.

M.ARBITRATION: PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION. Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the Federal Arbitration Act (FAA) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration. YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. Claim means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any representations, omissions or warranties. Claim does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.. YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers, HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.

329Continued

330

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 330

N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDAs prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.

Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA. This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 331

Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

Featu res

USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLES PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.

USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLES PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLES USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.

OWNERS MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS

331Continued

332

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 332

YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (THE APPLICATIONS) IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON- INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE, SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC., SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.

TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY (CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDAS TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 333

About Open Source Licenses

About the software license of the product The software installed in the product contains open source software. See the following Alpine website for details on the open source software. http://www.alpine.com/h/e/oss/download/

Important information on the software

333

334

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense information*

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 334

License information*

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks, and DTS Digital Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of DTS, Inc. DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

DOLBY DIGITAL*

DTS

* Not available on all models

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 335

Rear Entertainment System (RES)*

Featu

res

1Rear Entertainment System (RES)*

CAUTION: Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure The Rear Entertainment System remote complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines. The Rear Entertainment System remote should be kept at least 7.9 inch (20 cm) or more away from a persons body when operated.

1Wireless Headphones

Your vehicle comes with two wireless headphones.

Wear the headphone correctly with the earpiece marked with L goes to your left ear and R goes to your right ear. Wearing the headphone backward may affect the audio reception.

Allows the rear passengers to enjoy a different entertainment source, such as DVD, CD, and radio, than the front passengers.

Wireless Headphones The rear seat passengers can listen to audio from the rear entertainment system by a wireless headphone that comes with your vehicle.

To turn on the switch: Press the (power) button at the right earpiece. The indicator comes on. To adjust the volume: Turn the dial at the right earpiece.

Indicator

Volume Dial

(Power) Button

335* Not available on all models

336

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uAuxiliary Console Panel

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 336

Auxiliary Console Panel Auxiliary input jacks and headphone connectors for the rear entertainment system are on the back of the front console compartment.

V = Video jack L = Left audio jack R = Right audio jack

Auxiliary input jacks The system will accept auxiliary inputs from standard video games and video equipment. Some video game power supplies may cause poor picture quality.

Headphone connectors The headphones can also be used by connecting to the auxiliary console panel. There are two headphone connectors for the rear passengers. Each connector has its own volume control.

Headphone Connectors

Auxiliary Input Jacks

Volume Control Knob

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uHDMITM Port Featu

res

1HDMITM Port

Do not leave the HDMI connected device in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.

We recommend keeping your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle.

Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.

The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 337

HDMITM Port There is an HDMI port on the back of the front console compartment. The system will accept HDMI input from video games and video equipment which are equipped with an HDMI port.

Open the outlet cover and insert the cable.

Models with ultrawide RES

337

338

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uOverhead Screen

Featu res

1Overhead Screen

You can use the rear control panel as a remote. Press the release button to detach it.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 338

Overhead Screen

Pull down the screen to the first or second detent until it latches.

Press the open button to open and pull down the screen.

Models with RES

Overhead Screen

Models with ultrawide RES

Open ButtonOverhead Screen

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uOperating the System Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 339

Operating the System To operate the system, set the power mode to ON or ACCESSORY. Press the REAR

(power) button to turn on the system.

REAR (Power) Button

339

340

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation

Featu res

(Play/Pause) Button ss to play or pause the playback.

LE SCROLL Button ss to display the track title, artist,

d other text information.

MENU Button Press to display the audio menu.

SETUP Button Press to display the setup items.

NCEL Button ss to go back to the previous display or operation.

3, 4, , and ENTER Buttons Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a menu item, and press the ENTER button to make a selection.

TEGORY Bar ss to change the category (SiriusXM).

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 340

Rear Control Panel Operation The rear passengers can operate the system with the rear control panel.

Pre

TIT Pre an

CA Pre

Models with RES

CA Pre

(Power) Button Press to turn the system on or off (when rear power is turned on).

Audio Source Button Press to select the audio source.

(Light-up) Button Press to illuminate the buttons on the rear control panel.

TUNE/SKIP Bar Press or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal (FM/AM). Press or to change tracks. Press and hold to move rapidly within a track/file (Disc/ USB/DVD).

CH/FOLDER Bar Press to change the channel (Radio) or folder (Disc/USB).

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation Featu

res

n track title, artist, and other text information.

MENU Button Press to display the audio menu.

on play the setup items.

the previous display or operation.

category (SiriusXM).

de screen and right side screen.

Interface Dial, 3/4/ / (Directional) Buttons, and ENTER Button Rotate the interface dial or press directional button to select items. Press the ENTER button to make a selection.

DVD bar Press to change the DVD mode.

AUX bar Press to change the input source toggling through the auxiliary input jack(s), HDMI port and USB port (2.5A).

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 341

(Play/Pause) Button Press to play or pause the playback.

TITLE SCROLL Butto Press to display the

SETUP Butt Press to dis

CANCEL Button Press to go back to

Models with ultrawide RES

CATEGORY Bar Press to change the

DUAL Button Press to change the screen mode to dual.

SWAP Button Press to swap left si

(Power) Button Press to turn the system on or off (when rear power is turned on).

SINGLE Button Press to change the screen mode to single.

(Light-up) Button Press to illuminate the buttons on the rear control panel.

TUNE/SKIP Bar Press or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal (FM/AM). Press or to change tracks. Press and hold to move rapidly within a track/file (Disc/ USB/DVD).

CH/FOLDER Bar Press to change the channel (Radio) or folder (Disc/USB).

SOURCE Button Press to select the audio source.

341Continued

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation

342

Featu res

1Rear Control Panel Operation

In the procedures of this section, select means the following actions:

The rear control panel can be detached from the ceiling unit and used as a remote control.

2 Overhead Screen P. 338

In this section, screen illustrations from the standard RES are used for the explanation unless otherwise noted.

The screen is displayed on the overhead screen.

Models with RES

Models with ultrawide RES

Press the cursor buttons on the rear control panel.

Rotate the interface dial or press the directional buttons on the rear control panel.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 342

1. Press the REAR (power) button on the front control panel. 2. Press the audio source button on the rear control panel. u You can also change the audio source by the front control panel.

2 Front Control Panel Operation P. 352

3. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter using the CH/FOLDER, TUNE/SKIP, or CATEGORY bars.

2 Rear Control Panel Operation P. 340

1. Press the REAR (power) button on the front control panel.

2. Press the SOURCE button on the rear control panel.

3. Select the audio source. Press the ENTER button. u You can also change the audio source by

the front control panel. 2 Front Control Panel Operation P. 352

4. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter using the CH/FOLDER, TUNE/SKIP, or CATEGORY bars.

Selecting the Audio Source Models with RES

Models with ultrawide RES

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 343

1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.

The following items are available: Top Menu: Displays the top menu of the DVD. Menu: Displays the menu of the DVD. Play Mode: Displays while a DVD is playing and changes the DVDs audio,

subtitle, or angle settings. 2 Setting the play mode P. 344

Initial Settings*: Displays while a DVD is not playing and changes the DVD preferences.

2 DVD Initial Settings P. 349

Search/NumInput: Skips to a title or chapter by entering the number. 2 Searching a title/chapter P. 345

Repeat: (title repeat): Repeats the current title. (chapter repeat): Repeats the current chapter.

Pause/Play: Pause or play the playback. Stop: Stops the playback. Return: Hides the rear audio menu.

Rear DVD Menu

343Continued* Not available on all models

344

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 344

Setting the play mode 1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Play Mode. Press the ENTER button. 3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button.

The following items are available: Audio: Selects the language of the DVD audio. Subtitle: Selects the language of the DVD subtitle. Angle: Selects the angle of a scene shot with multiple cameras.

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 345

Searching a title/chapter 1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Search/NumInput. Press the ENTER

button. 3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 4. Select a number. Press the ENTER button.

The following items are available: Title: Skips to a title you specify. Chapter: Skips to a chapter you specify. NumInput: Enters a number of a title or chapter to skip.

Enter a number and select ENT. Press the ENTER button.

Enter a number and press the ENTER button. Select DONE.

Models with RES

Models with ultrawide RES

345Continued

346

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 346

1. Press the SETUP button (in DVD mode). 2. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.

The following items are available: Brightness*: Adjusts the screens brightness. Adjust the brightness using the

interface dial and press the ENTER button. Appearance*: Selects the color of the rear menu screen. Display Adjust: Adjusts the screens preferences.

2 Adjusting the screen P. 347

Aspect Ratio: Selects an aspect ratio of the image. 2 Setting the aspect ratio P. 348

PERSONAL SURROUND: Sets the surround of the wireless headphones. You can choose from three options: Music, Cinema, or Voice. Select Off to disable the feature.

Language: Sets the system language used on all screens. You can choose from three languages: English, Franais (French), or Espaol (Spanish).

Screen and Surround Settings

* Not available on all models

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 347

Adjusting the screen 1. Press the SETUP button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Display Adjust. Press the ENTER

button. 3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 4. Make the adjustment. Press the ENTER

button.

The following items are available: Brightness*: Adjusts the screens brightness. Contrast: Adjusts the screens contrast. Black Level: Adjusts the screens black level. Color: Adjusts the screens color strength. Tint: Adjusts the screens hue. Reset: Resets all the settings to their factory default.

347Continued* Not available on all models

348

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 348

Setting the aspect ratio

1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Aspect Ratio. Press the ENTER

button. 3. Select an option. Press the ENTER button.

1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Aspect Ratio. Press the ENTER

button. 3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button.

The following items are available: Wide: Selects the wide screen option (Normal, Full, Super Full, Ultra Full). Zoom: Selects the zoom screen option (Super Zoom, Ultra Zoom).

Models with RES

Models with ultrawide RES

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation Featu

res

1DVD Initial Settings

Each item can be selected when DVD playback is stopped.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 349

Set the DVD default settings so that you do not have to select the settings each time you play a DVD.

1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Initial Settings. Press the ENTER

button. 3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button.

The following items are available: Language Settings: Selects a menu language of the DVD (top) menu.

2 Selecting the DVD menu language P. 350

Dynamic Range: Sets whether to control the range of the loud and low sounds. On: Adjusts the dynamic range to easily hear the low sound. Off (factory default): Disables the feature.

Angle Mark: Sets whether to display the angle symbol. On: Displays the angle symbol when playing the multiple angle scenes. Off (factory default): Disables the feature.

DVD Initial Settings

Models with RES

Continued 349

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation

350

Featu res

1Selecting the DVD menu language

When you select Other, enter a 4-digit language code.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 350

Selecting the DVD menu language 1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode). 2. Select Initial Settings. Press the ENTER

button. 3. Select Language Settings. Press the

ENTER button. 4. Select an item. Press the ENTER button. 5. Select a language. Press the ENTER button.

Select between the two screen modes, single or dual. 2 Rear Control Panel Operation P. 340

Single mode The selected source is displayed in the center of the screen.

Dual mode Two separate screens are displayed side by side. You can only select one output source from the front audio system. The other source must come from REAR AUX Video or REAR AUX HDMI.

Dual Screen Mode

Models with ultrawide RES

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uRear Control Panel Operation Featu

res

Select the side (e.g., Left).

Select a source (e.g., REAR AUX Video).

DVDREAR AUX Video

Press the SWAP button.

Select a source (e.g., DVD).

DVD

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 351

Single mode to dual mode

Dual mode to single mode

DVD

Press the DUAL button.

REAR AUX VideoDVD

DVDREAR AUX Video

Press the SINGLE button.

351

352

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uFront Control Panel Operation

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 352

Front Control Panel Operation Operate the Rear Entertainment System (RES) from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

1. Press the REAR (power) button on the front control panel.

2. Select Front/Rear to switch Rear mode. 3. Select Source. u The rear source is displayed on the On

Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. 4. Select the audio source on the On Demand

Multi-Use DisplayTM. u The rear source is heard from the front

speakers. 5. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter

in the same way as the front audio system. 2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240

Selecting the Audio Source using Front Control Panel

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uFront Control Panel Operation Featu

res

Title Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next title, and to skip to the beginning of the previous title.

Audio Menu Select to display the menu items.

Top Menu Select to displays the top page of the DVDs title menu.

Menu Select to displays the menu.

Advanced Select to displays the DVD setting menu.

Chapter Up/Down Icons Select or to change chapters. Select and hold to fast forward and reverse.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 353

Operating the DVD Rear Entertainment System

Source Select to change an audio source.

Front/Rear Select to changes between the front side audio source selection and rear side audio source selection.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.

(Information) Icon Select to displays the current DVD details. Select to displays the previous screen.

Repeat Icon Select to repeats the current chapter or title.

Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a DVD.

Stop Icon Select to stop the playback.

353Continued

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uFront Control Panel Operation

354

Featu res

1Operating the DVD Rear Entertainment System

Play Mode Menu Item Repeat

(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.

(repeat chapter): Repeats the current chapter.

(repeat title): Repeats the current title.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 354

1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select DVD.

The following items are available: DVD Auto Play: Turns the auto play feature on or off. Audio Language: Selects a language for the audio that is available on the DVD. Subtitle Language: Selects a language for the subtitle that is available on the

DVD. Menu Language: Selects a language for the DVD menu that is available on the

DVD. Dynamic Range: Sets whether to control the range of the loud and low sounds.

DVD Setup

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uFront Control Panel Operation Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 355

Select Advanced.

The following items are available: Audio/Subtitle: Selects the language of the DVD audio and the DVD subtitle. Angle: Selects the angle of a scene shot with multiple cameras. Number Input: Enters a number of a title or chapter to skip. Return: Return to the previous screen. Search: Skips to a title or chapter.

Setting the DVD Menu

355Continued

356

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uFront Control Panel Operation

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 356

1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select RES Settings.

The following items are available: Rear Control: Sets whether to use the rear control panel to control the RES.

When setting is set to On, operates the RES using the rear control panel. Rear Speaker: Sets the front audio source to play through the rear speakers,

even when the RES is on. The RES source can only be heard through the wireless headphones. When setting is set to On, outputs the sound of the front source to the rear speakers.

Single/Dual Screen Mode*: Selects a source to continue playing when you switch from dual mode to single mode on the overhead screen.

Rear System Setup

* Not available on all models

uuRear Entertainment System (RES)*uPlayable Discs Featu

res

1Playable Discs

This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights.

Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Rovi Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Rovi Corporation. Reverse engineering and disassembly are prohibited.

For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks, and DTS Digital Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of DTS, Inc. DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Pro Logic, MLP Lossless and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 357

Playable Discs The discs that come with these labels can be played in your vehicles rear entertainment system.

Also look for the region code of 1 or ALL on the package or jacket on the disc.

DVD-ROMs are not playable in this unit.

The disc packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

Also includes:

357

358

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 358

Customized Features

1Customized Features

When you customize settings, make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop and transmission is put into (P.

To customize other features, rotate , move , , or , and press . 2 List of customizable options P. 365

Information Screen

1How to customize

The following settings can be customized on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. Edit Source Order Sound Settings Edit/Delete HDD Music*

Audio Settings Screen Settings RES Settings*

2 How to customize P. 381

Use the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to customize certain features.

How to customize Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .

Information Screen

Information Screen

SETTINGS Button

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 359

Customization flow Information Screen

Press the SETTINGS button.

Bluetooth Bluetooth Bluetooth Device List

Edit Speed Dial

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Automatic Phone Sync

Use Contact Photo

Enable Text/Email

Select Account

New Text/Email Alert

Text/Email

Message Auto Reading*

Default

Edit Pairing Code

Phone

Bluetooth/ Phone

Settings

See the Navigation System Manual.

Navigation Settings*

359Continued* Not available on all models

360

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline

Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline

Default

Models without cross traffic monitor Models with cross traffic monitor and multi-view rear camera Models with surround view camera system

Default

Auto Show Camera after Reverse Default Camera Mode in Forward

Default

Default Camera Mode in Reverse Show Camera When Decelerating

Clear Parking Guidance Automatically Display

Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline

Cross Traffic Monitor

nitor Cross Traffic Monitor

nitor

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 360

Camera Settings

Camera

Settings*1

*1: *2: *3:

Camera Settings*2

Surround View

Camera

Camera Settings*3

Cross Traffic Mo

Cross Traffic Mo

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

resTrip A Reset Timing Trip B Reset Timing

Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Forward Collision Warning Distance ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

Turn by Turn Display*

Default

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Blind Spot Info*

Road Departure Mitigation Setting ACC Display Speed Unit

Memory Position Link

Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Easy Entry/Exit

Reverse Alert Tone

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 361

Meter

Driver Assist

Driving Position

Vehicle Settings

361Continued* Not available on all models

362

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

Maintenance Resetnfo.

Preferred Dynamic Mode

Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back

Security Relock Timer

Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock

Auto Folding Door Mirror*

Door Unlock Mode

Keyless Access Beep

Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Remote Start System On/Off*

Walk Away Auto Lock

Keyless Access Light Flash

Keyless Open Mode Power Open By Outer Handle

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 362

Maintenance I

Dynamic

Mode

Door

Lighting

Keyless Access

Power

Tailgate

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

Auto Time Zone*

Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Default

Auto Daylight*

Clock Reset

AcuraLink Msg Notice lete AcuraLink Messages raLink Subscription Status

Default

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 363

Clock

Settings

De

AcuraLink Settings*

Acu

363Continued* Not available on all models

364

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

Voice Prompt

Brightness Contrast

Black Level

Default

Sync Display Brightness

System Device Information*

Header Clock Display

Language Operation Restriction Tips*

Default

pple CarPlay Device List

ndroid Auto Device List

Smartphone Volume

Factory Data Reset

Units*

Song By Voice*

Song By Voice Phonetic Modification*

Phonebook Phonetic Modification*

Guidance Volume*

Guidance Volume Verbal Reminder

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 364

Display

System Settings

Voice Reco.

Others

A

A

Smartphone

Settings

Feedback*

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 365

List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Bluetooth/ Phone Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default.

Yes/No

Bluetooth

Bluetooth Turns the Bluetooth on and off. On*1/Off

Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired phone, or creates a security PIN.

2 Phone Setup P. 401

Edit Pairing Code Changes a pairing code. 2 To change the pairing code setting P. 403

Random/Fixed*1

Phone

Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry. 2 Phone Setup P. 401

Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.

On*1/Off

Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four seconds.

On/Off*1

Information Screen

365Continued

366

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

tion Selectable Settings

Fixed/Mobile Phone*1/Off

be automatically is paired to HFL.

On/Off

on an incoming call On*1/Off

sage function on and On*1/Off

sage account.

alert comes on the a new text message/E-

m automatically reads cted, whether only On*1/Off

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 366

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Bluetooth/ Phone Settings

Phone

Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.

Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to imported when a phone

Use Contact Photo Displays a callers picture screen.

Text/Email

Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail mes off.

Select Account Selects a mail or text mes

New Text/Email Alert Selects whether a pop-up screen when HFL receives mail.

Message Auto Reading*

Selects whether the syste out messages, and, if sele when driving.

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

ized items in the as default.

Yes/No

guidelines come on the On*1/Off

ic guidelines come on On*1/Off

ized items in the as default.

Yes/No

guidelines come on the On*1/Off

ic guidelines come on On*1/Off

itor feature on and off. On*1/Off

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 367

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Camera Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Camera Settings group

Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed rear camera monitor.

Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dynam the rear camera monitor.

Camera Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Camera Settings group

Rear Camera

Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed rear camera monitor.

Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dynam the rear camera monitor.

Cross Traffic Monitor

Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic mon

Models without cross traffic monitor

Models with cross traffic monitor and multi-view rear camera

367Continued

368

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

tion Selectable Settings

ized items in the as default.

Yes/No

he reference line On*1/Off

he projection line On*1/Off

tomatically switched to transmission is out of On/Off*1

lay when the surround ned on while the .

(Front Ground View)*1/Last Used/ (Front Wide View)/ (Side View)

lay when the surround ned on while the

(Rear Ground View)*1/Last Used/ (Rear Normal View)/

(Rear Wide View)

atically return to the eeds of 7 mph (12 On/Off*1

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 368

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Camera Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Camera Settings group

Surround View Camera

Fixed Guideline Sets whether to turn on t display.

Dynamic Guideline Sets whether to turn on t display.

Auto Show Camera after Reverse

Sets the rear view to be au the front view when the (R .

Default Camera Mode in Forward

Sets which screen to disp view camera system is tur vehicle is moving forward

Default Camera Mode in Reverse

Sets which screen to disp view camera system is tur vehicle is reversing.

Show Camera When Decelerating

Sets the screen to autom camera view at vehicle sp km/h) or lower.

Models with surround view camera system

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

ines on and off. On*1/Off

rences.

itor feature on and off. On*1/Off

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 369

*1:Default Setting *2:Appears only when frontal camera view is displayed.

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Camera Settings

Surround View Camera

Clear Parking Guidance Automatically

Turns the parking guide l

Display*2 Adjusts the screens prefe

Cross Traffic Monitor

Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic mon

Models with surround view camera system

369Continued

370

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

tion Selectable Settings

ized items in the as default.

Yes/No

e CMBSTM alerts. Long/Normal*1/Short

p when the system the vehicle goes out of On/Off*1

or ACC with LSF on the mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)

he road departure Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only

p when the LKAS is On/Off*1

he blind spot Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 370

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Vehicle Settings group

Driver Assist

Forward Collision Warning Distance

Changes at which distanc

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

Causes the system to bee detects a vehicle, or when the ACC with LSF range.

ACC Display Speed Unit Changes the speed unit f MID.

Road Departure Mitigation Setting

Changes the setting for t mitigation system.

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep

Causes the system to bee suspended.

Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for t information.

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

guage on the MID. English*1/Franais/ Espaol

eading by a few -5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.) -3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)

w to reset trip meter A, average speed A, and

When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1

w to reset trip meter B, average speed B, and

When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1

nd once when the .

On*1/Off

Idle Stop display comes On/Off*1

by-turn display comes nce.

On*1/Off

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 371

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Meter

Language Selection Changes the displayed lan

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Adjusts the temperature r degrees.

Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy A, elapsed time A.

Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy B, elapsed time B.

Reverse Alert Tone Causes the beeper to sou transmission is put into (R

Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Selects whether the Auto on.

Turn by Turn Display* Selects whether the turn- on during the route guida

371Continued* Not available on all models

372

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

tion Selectable Settings

memory system on and On*1/Off

ard and steering wheel get out of the vehicle. his feature.

Seat & Steering Wheel*1/Seat Only/ Steering Wheel Only/Off

ock when you grab the Drivers Door or Tailgate Only*1/All Doors

ts to flash when you On*1/Off

nd when you unlock/ On*1/Off

start feature on and off. On*1/Off

the automatic locking away from the vehicle access remote.

On/Off*1

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 372

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Driving Position

Memory Position Link Turns the driving position off.

Easy Entry/Exit Moves the seat fully rearw fully up when you get in/ Changes the setting for t

Keyless Access

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unl drivers door handle.

Keyless Access Light Flash

Causes some exterior ligh unlock/lock the doors.

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sou lock the doors.

Remote Start System On/Off* Turns the remote engine

Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the settings for the doors when you walk while carrying the keyless

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

e the interior lights stay ors.

60seconds/ 30seconds*1/ 15seconds

e the exterior lights e drivers door.

60seconds/ 30seconds/ 15seconds*1/ 0seconds

e headlights to come Max/High/Mid*1/ Low/Min

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 373

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Lighting

Interior Light Dimming Time

Changes the length of tim on after you close the do

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Changes the length of tim stay on after you close th

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for th on.

373Continued

374

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

tion Selectable Settings

hen the doors With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P/ Off

hen the doors unlock

All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off

door or all doors to f the remote or built-in

Driver Door*1/All Doors

rior lights flash. eper sounds.

On*1/Off

for the doors to relock set after you unlock

ing any door.

90seconds/ 60seconds/ 30seconds*1

ld the door mirrors. Auto Fold With Keyless*1/Manual Only

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 374

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Door

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for w automatically lock.

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for w automatically.

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Sets up either the drivers unlock on the first push o key.

Keyless Lock Answer Back

LOCK/UNLOCK- The exte LOCK (2nd push)- The be

Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes and the security system to the vehicle without open

Auto Folding Door Mirror* Changes how you can fo

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

g for when the power Anytime*1/When Unlocked

the power tailgate tailgate outer handle.

Off (Manual only)/ On (Power/ Manual)*1

de setting for when you N.

Last Used*1/Comfort/ Normal/Sport

isplay when you have ce service.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 375

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Power Tailgate

Keyless Open Mode Changes the keyless settin tailgate opens.

Power Open By Outer Handle

Selects whether to enable open operation using the

Dynamic Mode

Preferred Dynamic Mode

Changes the dynamic mo set the power mode to O

Maintenance Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life d performed the maintenan

375Continued

376

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

tion Selectable Settings

ized items in the Clock t.

Yes/No

type. Analog/Digital*1/ Small Digital/Off

type. or a new wallpaper. r a wallpaper.

P. 247

Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic/Options...

47

isplay from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H

utomatically adjust the gh different time zones.

On*1/Off

utomatically adjust the fall back by one hour)

me change occurs. On*1/Off

to the factory default. Yes/No

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 376

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Clock Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defaul

Clock/ Wallpaper Type

Clock Changes the clock display

Wallpaper

Changes the wallpaper Imports an image file f Deletes an image file fo

2 Wallpaper Setup

Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. 2 Wallpaper Setup P. 2

Clock Format Selects the digital clock d

Auto Time Zone* Sets the audio system to a clock when driving throu

Auto Daylight*

Sets the audio system to a clock (spring ahead or when a daylight saving ti

Clock Reset Resets the clock settings

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

ized items in the p as default.

Yes/No

eived AcuraLink yed.

On*1/Off

es.

raLink subscription

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 377

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

AcuraLink Settings*

Default Cancels/Resets all custom AcuraLink Settings grou

AcuraLink Msg Notice Selects whether newly rec messages are to be displa

Delete AcuraLink Message Deletes AcuraLink messag

AcuraLink Subscription Status Displays your current Acu status.

377Continued* Not available on all models

378

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

tion Selectable Settings

ized items in the as default.

Yes/No

ay brightness trument panel On*1/Off

f the information

he information screen.

f the information

e audio speakers. 0~8*1~11

rs on and off. On*1/Off

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 378

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

System Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom System Settings group

Display

Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the displ synchronizes with the ins brightness.

Brightness Changes the brightness o screen.

Contrast Changes the contrast of t

Black Level Changes the black level o screen.

Feedback* Guidance Volume Changes the volume of th

Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminde

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

h option. prompts.

Beginner*1/Expert

n and off. On*1/Off

on and off. V) P. 287

On*1/Off

d for music stored in

n P. 289

d for the phonebook. Modification* P. 416

e voice prompt.

system

tem

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 379

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

System Settings

Voice Reco.

Voice Prompt

Beginner: Explains eac Expert: Turns off voice

Turns the voice prompt o

Song By Voice* Turns the Song By VoiceTM

2 Song By VoiceTM (SB

Song By Voice Phonetic Modification*

Modifies a voice comman the HDD or an iPod.

2 Phonetic Modificatio

Phonebook Phonetic Modification*

Modifies a voice comman 2 Phonebook Phonetic

Guidance Volume* Changes the volume of th

Models without navigation

Models with navigation sys

379Continued* Not available on all models

380

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

tion Selectable Settings

t on the navigation map mile*1/km (U.S.) mile/km*1 (Canada)

uage. English*1/Franais/ Espaol

control of the system is tion while driving. Only

lable. On*1/Off

display comes on. On*1/Off

e information.

heir factory default. ettings P. 389

ized items in the roup as default.

Yes/No

connection.

connection.

smartphone function. 1~8*1~11

f Apple CarPlay and

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 380

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

System Settings

Others

Units* Changes the distance uni screen.

Language Changes the display lang

Operation Restriction Tips*

Alerts you when manual disabled to prevent distrac voice commands are avai

Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock

System Device Information* Displays the system/devic

Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to t 2 Defaulting All the S

Smartphone Settings

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Smartphone Settings g

Apple CarPlay Device List Sets up the Apple CarPlay

Android Auto Device List Sets up the Android Auto

Smartphone Volume Adjusts the volume of the

Version Shows software version o Android Auto unit.

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 381

How to customize While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Audio Menu, then select a setting item.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

381Continued

382

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

Play the Song from the Beginning SportsFlash

Traffic & Weather Now Setup Channel Art

TuneMix

Bass Treble Fader

Balance

Subwoofer SVC

Recording Quality Recording from CDRecording

Options HDD Information

Update Gracenote Album Information Delete All HDD Data

DTS Neural Surround*

Center*

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 382

Customization flow Select Audio Menu.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

SiriusXM

Edit Source Order Sound Settings

Audio Settings

CD/HDD*

Edit/Delete HDD Music*

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

Sync Display Brightness

Brightness

Contrast

Black Level

Beep

Keyboard

Rear Control

Rear Speaker

Single/Dual Screen Mode*

HD Radio Mode*

Cover Art

DVD Auto Play

Audio Language

Subtitle Language

Menu Language

Dynamic Range

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 383

Screen Settings

RES Settings*

Other

DVD*

383Continued* Not available on all models

384

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 384

List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Edit Source Order Changes the order of source list. 2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 240

Sound Settings

Bass

Adjusts the settings of the audio speakers sound. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 249

Treble

Fader

Balance

Center*

Subwoofer

SVC

DTS Neural Surround*

Edit/Delete HDD Music*

Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.

2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 277

Audio Settings

SiriusXM Play the Song from the Beginning

Turns on and off the Tune Start function. On/Off*1

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 385

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Audio Settings

SiriusXM

SportsFlash

Notification Turns on and off the sports alert function. Disable/Enable once/ Enable*1

Beep Causes the system to beep when the sports alert is notified.

On*1/Off

Favorite Teams

Selects your favorite sport teams.

Traffic & Weather Now Setup

Selects a city for using the SiriusXM traffic and weather information.

Channel Art Turns on and off the channel art display. On*1/Off

TuneMix Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On/Off*1

CD/ HDD*

Recording Options

Recording from CD

Selects whether the songs on music CDs are automatically recorded to the HDD.

Auto*1/Manual

Recording Quality

Selects the quality of the music files recorded to the HDD.

Standard*1/High

HDD Information Displays the HDD capacity.

Update Gracenote Album Information

Updates the Gracenote Album Info (Gracenote Media Database) from CD or USB.

Update by CD/ Update by USB

Delete All HDD Data 2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 283

385Continued* Not available on all models

386

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 386

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Audio Settings

DVD*

DVD Auto Play Turns the auto play feature on or off. On*1/Off

Audio Language Selects a language for the audio that is available on the DVD.

Subtitle Language Selects a language for the subtitle that is available on the DVD.

Menu Language Selects a language for the DVD menu that is available on the DVD.

Dynamic Range Sets whether to control the range of the loud and low sounds.

On*1/Off

Other HD Radio Mode*

Selects whether the audio system automatically switches to the digital radio waves or receives the analog waves only.

Auto*1/Analog

Cover Art Turns on and off the cover art display. On*1/Off

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 387

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Screen Settings

Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness.

Off/On*1

Brightness Changes the brightness of the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.

Contrast Changes the contrast of the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.

Black Level Changes the black level of the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.

Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen.

Off/On*1

Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type.

Alphabet/QWERTY*1

387Continued

388

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 388

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

RES Settings*

Rear Control Select weather to use the rear control panel to control the RES.

On*1/Off

Rear Speaker

Sets the front audio source to play through the rear speakers, even when the RES is on. The RES source can only be heard through the wireless headphones.

On*1/Off

Single/Dual Screen Mode*

Selects a source to continue playing when you switch from dual mode to single mode on the overhead screen.

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings Featu

res

1Defaulting All the Settings

When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data.

Driver 1 and Driver 2 has stored each settings and personal data separatory. Perform both Driver 1 and Driver 2 data reset.

The following settings will be reset: Routing & Guidance*: Rerouting, Unverified Area

Routing, Traffic Rerouting, Edit Waypoint Search Area, Guidance Mode, Street Name Guidance

Route Preference*

Audio preset settings Phonebook entries Other display and each item settings

Models with navigation system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 389

Defaulting All the Settings You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,

then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.

5. Rotate to select Yes, then press again to reset the settings. u The confirmation message will appear.

Press to select OK.

389* Not available on all models

390

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 390

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

1HomeLink Universal Transceiver

Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an electronic eye, or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems.

Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer.

Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage doors path.

Important Safety Precautions

uuHomeLink Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 391

Training HomeLink If it is necessary to erase a previously entered learned code: Press and hold the two outside buttons for

about 20 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1.

If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1.

The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener, visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.

Red Indicator

391Continued

uuHomeLink Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink

392

Featu res

1Training HomeLink

Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.

2. Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under Training a Button. You do not need to press and release the HomeLink button again in step 2.

Indicator remains on for about 25 secs.

Standard transmitter

Indicator remains on for about 25 secs.

Rolling code transmitter

Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle.

If you have any problems, see the devices instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.

HomeLink is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 392

Training a Button

4.

3.

2.

5. A.

B.

1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program.

Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.

Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work?

Press and release the HomeLink button. Press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.

Training Complete

Press and hold the HomeLink button again.

Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate.

Training Complete

The remote has a rolling code. Press the learn button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener).

Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks.HomeLink LED is constantly on.

YES NO

YES

YES NO NO

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 393

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Featu

res

1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Place your phone where you can get good reception. To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On. If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay, HFL is unavailable.

2 Customized Features P. 358

Voice control tips: Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone.

Press and release the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.

If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.

To change the volume level, use the audio systems volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicles audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the MID or to answer an incoming call.

(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear the phone information on the MID.

(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands. PHONE button: Press to go directly to the phone menu screen. Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button): Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move , , or to select secondary menu.

HFL Buttons

Talk Button

Volume up

Microphone

Hang-up/Back Button

Pick-up Button

Volume down

Interface Dial

PHONE Button

393Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL

394

Featu res

1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation an after ending the call.

Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended.

1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the information screen varies between phone models.

You can change the system language. 2 Customized Features P. 358

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 394

The On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM notifies you when there is an incoming call.

HFL Status Display

Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.

Signal Strength

HFL Mode

Roam Status

Information Screen

Battery Level Status

Callers Name or Callers Number

On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 395

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.

2 Speed Dial P. 413

Limitations for Manual Operation

Disabled Option

395

396

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

1HFL Menus

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.

Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled.

This ce

IN Create a security PIN for a paired phone.

Replace a previously paired phone with a new phone.

This ce Delete a previously paired phone.

ct to io

Connect a phone to use the Bluetooth audio and smartphone function.

ct to e Connect a phone to use the HFL.

nect Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

Both Connect the device to use the all functions of Bluetooth connection.

tings group as default.

vice e* Edit the user name of a paired phone.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 396

HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.

Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press .

Bluetooth

Replace Devi

Turns the Bluetooth on and off.Bluetooth

Edit P

Delete Devi

Conne Aud

Conne Phon

Discon

Connect

Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Bluetooth/Phone SetDefault

(Existing entry list)

Bluetooth Device List

Edit De Nam

* Not available on all models

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

nput

rom ory

rom ook

iously stored speed dial numbers.

Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number.

Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.

e

Edit a previously stored speed dial number. Change a name* and number. Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

sfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the

answer an incoming call after about four

tomatically imported when a phone is paired to

n incoming call screen.

Pair a phone to the system.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 397

Manual I

Edit Speed Dial*1 New Entry

Import f Call Hist

Import f Phoneb

Delete All Delete all the prev

Edit

Delet

(Existing entry list)

Set calls to automatically tran vehicle.

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Set whether to automatically seconds. Select the ring tone.

Use Contact Photo

Set phonebook data to be au HFL. Display a callers picture on a

Automatic Phone Sync*1

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Phone

Changes a pairing code.Edit Pairing Code

Add Bluetooth Device

397Continued* Not available on all models

398

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

account.

function on and off.

t comes on the screen when HFL receives a new

utomatically reads out messages, and, if selected,

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 398

Select a mail or text messageText/Email*1

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Select Account

Enable Text/Email Turn the text/e-mail message

New Text/Email Alert Select whether a pop-up aler text/e-mail message.

Message Auto Reading* Selects whether the system a whether only when driving.

* Not available on all models

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

one number from the phonebook to store as a umber.

ne number to store as a speed dial number.

the speed dial list.

and missed calls.

nes speed dial list.

one number from the call history to store as a umber.

ice.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 399

Phone Menu screen Press the PHONE button to display the menu items.

Speed Dial*1

Manual Input

New Entry Import from Phonebook

Select a ph speed dial n

Enter a pho

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in

Phonebook*1 Display the paired phones phonebook.

Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming Call History*1

All*2

Dialed

Received Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.

More Speed Dials Display another paired pho

*2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.

Select a ph speed dial n

Import from Call History

Roadside Assistance* Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance serv

399Continued* Not available on all models

400

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

reads received message aloud, or stop message eing read.

to a received message using one of six fixed s.

a call to the sender.

a mail or text message account.

e previous message.

e next message.

ys the entire message.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 400

Text/Email*1, *2

Message is read aloud.

Read Message Aloud/Stop

Reading Messages

System from b

Reply

Call

Reply phrase

Make

Select Account

Select a message and press .

Select

Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phones history.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. *2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.

See thPrevious

Next See th

View Full Message Displa

Bluetooth/ Phone Settings Display the Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen.

Dial*1 Enter a phone number to dial.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls.

Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is

moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phones battery may drain faster when it is

connected to HFL. If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found

by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle.

Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following:

: The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth Audio.

When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL.

2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting P. 412

If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay, pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is unavailable.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 401

To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)

1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is search or

discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can

select Options... and Refresh to search again.

u If your phone still does not appear, select Options... to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match. This may vary by phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

Phone Setup

Continued 401

402

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 402

To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system)

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List, then Add Bluetooth Device.

3. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can

select Options... and Refresh to search again.

u If your phone still does not appear, select Options... to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match. This may vary by phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To change the pairing code setting

The pairing code may be six or four digits depending on your phone.

The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one.

For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 403

To change the currently paired phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Select a phone to connect. u HFL disconnects the connected phone

and starts searching for another paired phone.

4. Select Connect to Phone, Connect to Audio, or Connect Both.

To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Pairing Code. 3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,

then press .

Continued 403

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

404

Featu res

1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial entries, and security PIN information from the previously paired phone.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 404

To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a paired phone you

want to replace, then press . 4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,

then press . 5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches

a new phone. u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 405

To delete a paired phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

delete, then press . 4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,

then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

405Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

406

Featu res

1To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option

To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

Some text/e-mail features may not be available depending on a cellular phone.

1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice

On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 406

To turn on or off the text/e-mail message function

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Enable Text/Email. 4. Press to select On or Off.

To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select New Text/Email

Alert. 4. Press to select On or Off.

To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To set up the auto reading option*

On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud. Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 407

To set up the auto reading option*

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Message Auto

Reading. 4. Press to select On or Off.

Continued 407* Not available on all models

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

408

Featu res

1To Create a Security PIN

If the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 408

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

add a security PIN to, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press . 5. Enter a new four-digit number. u Select to delete. Select of the

right side upper screen, the screen returns to the previous screen.

6. Select OK to enter the security PIN. 7. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step

4.

To Create a Security PIN

Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

X X

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 409

Edit the user name of a paired phone as follows: 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit Device Name,

then press . 5. Enter a new name of the phone. u Use the keyboard on the On Demand

Multi-Use DisplayTM to enter the name, then select OK.

Editing User Name*

409Continued* Not available on all models

410

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 410

If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Auto Transfer. 4. Press to select On or Off.

You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Auto Answer. 4. Press to select On or Off.

Automatic Transferring

Auto Answer

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Ring Tone

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker. Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the connected cell phone sounds from the speaker. Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 411

You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Ring

Tone. 3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone

or Off, then press .

You can display a callers picture on an incoming call screen. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . 3. Rotate to select Use Contact Photo. 4. Press to select On or Off.

Ring Tone

Use Contact Photo

Continued 411

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

412

Featu res

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL.

The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.

Preference

Home

Mobile

Work

Pager

Fax

Car

Other

Voice

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 412

When Automatic Phone Sync is set to On:

When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL.

Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Automatic Phone Sync. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

.

Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Speed Dial

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say Call and the voice tag name.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 413

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

. u Repeat the procedure to select New

Entry. 3. Rotate to select a place to choose a

number from, then press . From Import from Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Manual Input: u Input the number manually. From Import from Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell

phones imported phonebook. 4. When the speed dial is successfully stored

from Import from Call History or Import from Phonebook, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press .

5. Using the button, follow the prompts to store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.

Speed Dial

Continued 413

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

414

Featu res

1Speed Dial

Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using home as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use John Smith instead of John.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 414

To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Record, then press .

5. Using the button, follow the prompts to complete the voice tag.

5. Press . u Using the button, follow the prompts

to complete the voice tag. 6. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select OK, then press .

Models without navigation system

Models with navigation system

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 415

To delete a voice tag 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Clear, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

To delete a speed dial 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Delete, then press . 4. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

415Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

416

Featu res

1Phonebook Phonetic Modification*

You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 416

Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phones contact name so that it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.

To add a new voice tag 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings,

then press . 3. Rotate to select Phonebook

Phonetic Modification, then press . 4. Rotate to select the phone you want

to add phonetic modification to, then press .

5. Rotate to select Options..., then press .

6. Rotate to select New Voice Tag, then press .

Phonebook Phonetic Modification*

* Not available on all models

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 417

7. Move or and rotate to select a contact name, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the

screen.

8. Rotate to select Modify, then press .

9. Press . u Using the button, follow the

prompts to complete the voice tag. 10. You will receive a confirmation message

on the screen. Rotate to select OK, then press .

11. Rotate to select Options..., then press .

12. Rotate to select OK, then press .

417Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

418

Featu res

1Phonebook Phonetic Modification*

You can only modify or delete contact names for the currently connected phone.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 418

To modify a voice tag 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings,

then press . 3. Rotate to select Phonebook

Phonetic Modification, then press . 4. Rotate to select the phone you want

to add phonetic modification to, then press .

5. Rotate to select a contact name you want to modify, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the

screen. 6. Rotate to select Modify, then press

. 7. Press . u Using the button, follow the

prompts to complete the voice tag. 8. You will receive a confirmation message

on the screen. Rotate to select OK, then press .

9. Rotate to select Options..., then press .

10. Rotate to select OK, then press .

* Not available on all models

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 419

To delete a modified voice tag 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic

Modification, then press . 4. Rotate to select the phone you want to

delete phonetic modification, then press .

5. Rotate to select a contact name you want to delete, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

6. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u Items to be deleted are indicated with a

trash icon. 7. Rotate to select Options..., then press

. 8. Rotate to select OK, then press .

Trash Icon

419Continued

420

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 420

To delete all modified voice tags 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic

Modification, then press . 4. Rotate to select the phone you want to

delete phonetic modification, then press .

5. Rotate to select Options..., then press .

6. Rotate to select Delete All, then press .

7. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Making a Call

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name, or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.

Press the button and say Call and the voice tag name, Call by name and the phonebook name, or Call and the phone number.

The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).

Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.

While there is an active connection with Apple CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with HandsFreeLink and are only made from Apple CarPlay.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 421

You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.

Making a Call

Continued 421

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

422

Featu res

1To make a call using the imported phonebook

You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.

2 Speed Dial P. 413

You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM for a partial match search.

You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM for an alphabetical search.

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 422

To make a call using the imported phonebook

1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then

press . 3. Rotate to select a contact name, then

press . u The phonebook is stored alphabetically.

4. Rotate to select a number, then press .

u Dialing starts automatically.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 423

To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 3. Select a number. u Use the keyboard on the On Demand

Multi-Use DisplayTM for entering numbers.

4. Select .

To make a call using redial 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Redial, then press . u Dialing starts automatically.

423Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

424

Featu res

1To make a call using the call history

The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)

These icons next to the number indicate the following:

: Dialed calls. : Received calls. : Missed calls.

The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or missed calls.

Steering switches

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 424

To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All*1, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Call History, then

press . 3. Move or to select All*1, Dialed,

Received, and Missed. 4. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel right to select

Call History. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a

number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the

button. u Dialing starts automatically.

*1: This function may not be available depending on a cellular phone.

On MID Steering switches

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To make a call using a speed dial entry

Rotate to select More Speed Dials to view another paired phones speed dial list. You can make a call from that list using the currently connected phone.

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.

2 Speed Dial P. 413

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name or number can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts.

The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries. Steering switches

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 425

To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

. 3. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel left to select

Speed Dial. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a

number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the

button. u Dialing starts automatically.

On MID Steering switches

Continued 425

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

426

Featu res

1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting

Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.

Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 426

When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming Call screen appears.

Press the button to answer the call. Press the button to decline or end the call.

Receiving a Call

Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Options During a Call

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 427

The following options are available during a call.

Phone Call Active - Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.

Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven phone system.

The available options are shown on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. Select the option. u The Mute icon is checked when Mute is

selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

Options During a Call

Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Mute Icon

Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Continued 427

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

428

Featu res

1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.

With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text and e-mail messages.

State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/ e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.

When you receive a text or e-mail message for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On.

2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice P. 406

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 428

HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text or e-mail message.

2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the message, then press . u The text or e-mail message is displayed.

The system automatically starts reading out the message.

3. To discontinue the message read-out, press .

Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Selecting a Mail Account

You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. Rotate to select Select Account, then press .

You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 429

If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone

Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Select

Account. 3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an

e-mail account you want, then press .

Selecting a Mail Account

Continued 429

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

430

Featu res

1Displaying Messages

The icon appears next to an unread message.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message will also be deleted from the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.

To see the previous or next message, move or on the text message screen.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 430

Displaying text messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

. u Select account if necessary.

3. Rotate to select a message, then press .

u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud.

4. Rotate to select View Full Message. 5. Press to displays the full text of the

message.

Displaying Messages

Message List

Text Message

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Displaying e-mail messages

Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the message list screen at the same time. In this case, text messages are titled No Subject.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 431

Displaying e-mail messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

. 3. Rotate to select a folder, then press . 4. Rotate to select a message, then press

. u The e-mail is displayed. The system

automatically starts reading the message aloud.

5. Rotate to select View Full Message. 6. Press to displays the full text of the

message.

Folder List

Message List

E-mail Message

Continued 431

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

432

Featu res

1Reply to a message

The available fixed reply messages are as follows: Talk to you later, Im driving. Im on my way. Im running late. OK Yes No

You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

Only certain phones receive and send messages when paired and connected. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 432

Read or stop reading a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 430

2. Rotate to select Stop Reading Messages.

3. Press to stop reading. Press again to start reading the message from the beginning.

Reply to a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 430

2. Rotate to select Reply, then press . 3. Rotate to select the reply message, then

press . u Message sent appears on the screen

when the reply message was successfully sent.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 433

Making a call to a sender 1. Go to the text message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying text messages P. 430

2. Rotate to select Call, then press .

433Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

434

Featu res

1Roadside Assistance*

If you are subscribed to a paid AcuraLink package, you can call roadside assistance using the LINK button instead of your phone.

2 AcuraLink* P. 435

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 434

Provides a nationwide service for unexpected incidents. You can call for assistance using a phone paired and connected to Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.

1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Roadside Assistance,

then press . 3. Rotate to select a phone number, then

press . u Dialing starts automatically.

Roadside Assistance*

* Not available on all models

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 435

AcuraLink*

Featu

res

1AcuraLink*

AcuraLink also provides services you can operate from the Internet or your smartphone.

To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more information about all of its features, contact an Acura dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).

1In Case of Emergency

Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular coverage.

You cannot use emergency services when: You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage

areas. There is a problem with the connecting devices,

such as the ASSIST button, microphone, speakers, or the unit itself.

You are not subscribed to the service or your subscription is no longer valid.

You cannot operate other navigation or phone related functions using the screens while talking to the operator. Only the operator can terminate the connection to your vehicle.

1Automatic collision notification

If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it repeatedly tries until it succeeds.

Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicles status.

For information on traffic rerouting and traffic information updates, provided by the AcuraLink server, see the Navigation System Manual.

Automatic collision notification If your vehicles airbags deploy or if the unit detects that the vehicle is severely impacted, your vehicle will automatically attempt to connect to the AcuraLink operator. Once connected, information about your vehicle, its positioning, and its condition will be sent to the operator; you also can speak to the operator when connected.

In Case of Emergency

Canadian models

Information screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

When connected to the AcuraLink operator:

435Continued* Not available on all models

uuAcuraLink*u

436

Featu res

1Manual operator connection

Do not press the button while driving. When you need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a safe place.

If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it automatically cancels the action after three minutes.

In an emergency, the cover can be broken through to press the ASSIST button.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 436

Manual operator connection If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator in an emergency situation, you can manually connect to them by pressing the ASSIST button with the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON. 1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling

console. 2. Press the ASSIST button. u You are connected to the AcuraLink

operator.

ASSIST Button

uuAcuraLink*u Featu

res

1Security Features

The contact information of your provider, your user ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).

You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/ acuralink (Canada) for details.

1Vehicle finder

The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop sounding under the following conditions: When 30 seconds have elapsed. You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter. You unlock the doors using the keyless access

system. You unlock the doors using the built-in key. The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 437

Your subscribed telematics service provider can track your vehicles location, remotely lock or unlock doors, and help you find your vehicle. To use these features, you need your user ID and personal identification number (PIN).

Stolen vehicle tracking This feature searches and tracks down your vehicle position even if it is on the move. If you believe that your vehicle has been stolen, contact the police as well as the provider.

Remote door lock/unlock The provider can remotely lock or unlock doors upon your request.

Vehicle finder This feature is convenient to use when trying to locate your vehicle in large areas, such as a crowded parking lot. If you cannot locate your vehicle after using the remote transmitters answerback function, you can contact the provider which can then flash your vehicles exterior lights and sound the horn.

Security alarm notification If the security system in your vehicle detects an abnormal condition, such as someone tampering with the lock on your vehicle, the provider notifies you by your preferred method.

Security Features

Continued 437

uuAcuraLink*u

438

Featu res

1Operator Assistance

Remain attentive to road conditions and driving during operator assistance.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 438

Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside assistance.

1. Press the LINK button. u Connection to the operator begins.

2. Talk to the operator. u To disconnect, select End Call or press

the (Hang-up/back) button on the steering wheel.

Operator Assistance

LINK Button

uuAcuraLink*u Featu

res

1AcuraLink Message

Messages may not appear immediately after your vehicle purchase. It can take several days for your dealer to register your vehicles ID.

If an icon includes an exclamation point, it indicates that Acura gives high priority to this message compared to the one without. : An unread message with high priority : An unread message

1Message category

Message categories can be added, edited, or deleted through broadcast messages from Acura.

You can call your dealer, find the nearest dealer, or schedule appointments from the message options in Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, and Diagnostic Information.

2 Message Options P. 440

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 439

AcuraLink sends you messages on vehicle features, safety and emissions recall campaigns, maintenance reminders, and diagnostic information. When you receive a new message, an icon appears on the information screen.

Message category There are six message categories. Feature Guide: Appears for the first 30 days of ownership, introducing vehicle

features each day. Quick Tips: Supplements your Owners Manual with updated vehicle

information. Diagnostic Information: Appears when a warning indicator or message comes

on. Rotate to select Check Later or Check Now. u Selecting Check Now lets you know if you should see a dealer immediately or

later in accordance with the warning severity level. Scheduled Dealer Appointment: An appointment made through the Acura

server or Acura Owners website can be rescheduled or canceled from this option. 2 P. 441

Maintenance Minder: Lets you know which maintenance item is due along with a reminder message.

Recalls/Campaigns: Reminds you of a recall or important safety information. You should also be notified by mail.

AcuraLink Message

Message Icon

Continued 439

uuAcuraLink*u

440

Featu res

1Reading a message

If there is no message listed on the menu, each category items are grayed out and cannot be selected.

The message icon disappears once you read the message.

However, the exclamation mark that indicates that the message has a high priority remains. : A read message with high priority.

1Message Options

The available options vary by message category.

You can delete all messages in a category at once. 2 Customized Features P. 358

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 440

Reading a message 1. Press the INFO button or press , follow

the message on the information screen. 2. Rotate to select AcuraLink/Messages,

then press . u AcuraLink messages appears.

3. Rotate to select a category, then press .

u If there are unread messages in a category, a message icon appears next to that category.

4. Rotate to select a message you want to read, then press .

Message Options While a message is displayed, you can use options to take immediate action to the message. Available options are: Read Messages Aloud: Reads the message aloud. Select Stop Reading

Messages to cancel it. View Full Message: Displays the entire message. Phone number: Dials a number displayed in the message via HFL. Delete: Deletes the displayed message. Call Your Dealer: Calls your Acura dealer using HFL. Find Acura Dealer: Searches for the nearest Acura dealer. Roadside Assistance: Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance

service. Schedule Dealer Appoi: Automatically sets an appointment date at your

dealer.

uuAcuraLink*u Featu

res

1Dealer Appointments

To set up an automated dealer appointment when a regular maintenance is due, visit the Acura Owners website at owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada), and set the required option. A reminder message will be sent as the date for the dealer appointment approaches. A reminder message will also be sent if you schedule an appointment online using Schedule Service Appointment function.

If you are not satisfied with the proposed appointment date and time, call your dealer directly.

To cancel the scheduled appointment, select Cancel Appointment when a message is displayed.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 441

Dealer Appointments You can confirm the scheduled appointment date when you receive a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, or Diagnostic Information message, or reschedule any existing appointments. 1. Select a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, Diagnostic Information,

or Scheduled Dealer Appointment message. 2. Rotate to select Schedule Dealer Appoi or Reschedule Appoint

(depending on the screen). Press . u A suggested time and date are displayed.

3. Rotate to select Confirm Appointment. Press to accept the time and date.

4. Press to select OK.

Continued 441

442

uuAcuraLink*u

Featu res

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 442

You can confirm your AcuraLink subscription status. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select AcuraLink Settings,

then press . u Repeat the procedure to select

AcuraLink Subscription Status.

AcuraLink Subscription Status

Signal Strength

Item Information You can check the signal strength.

Current Contract The AcuraLink subscription number and subscription level is displayed.

Service You can confirm the type of service. Subscription You can confirm the expiration date. Status The following message can be displayed:

Check Antenna: There is a problem with the AcuraLink antenna. Contact a dealer.

No Signal: Signal is not received. No data: The signal is received, but some error has occurred

in the system. OK: The system is receiving the signal or traffic data*.

* Not available on all models

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 443

Compass*

Featu

res

1Compass*

Compass operation can be affected under the following conditions: Driving near power lines or stations Crossing a bridge Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large

object that can cause a magnetic disturbance When accessories such as antennas and roof racks

are mounted by magnets

1Compass Calibration

Calibrate the compass in an open area.

While setting the compass, press the BACK button to cancel the setting mode and return to the previous screen.

Models with navigation self-calibrate using GPS. The compass in the MID and the direction arrow on the map screen (when Heading-Up view selected) may not be in sync when first starting the vehicle, but should correct themselves as you drive. If the compass in the MID continues to indicate an incorrect direction, please see your Acura dealer.

Models with navigation system

When you set the power mode to ON, the compass self-calibrates, and the compass display appears.

Compass Calibration If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need to manually calibrate the system. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. On the top screen of any source, press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass Settings screen.

3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press . 4. When the display changes to Calibration Start, press . 5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles. u The compass starts to show a direction after the calibration. The CAL indicator

goes off.

443* Not available on all models

444

uuCompass*uCompass Zone Selection

Featu res

1Compass Zone Selection

The zone selection is done to compensate the variation between magnetic north and true north.

If the calibration starts while the audio system is in use, the display returns to normal after the calibration is completed.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 444

Compass Zone Selection 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. On the top screen of any source, press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass Settings screen.

3. Rotate to select Zone Adjust, then press . u The display shows the current zone number the system is set to.

4. To change the zone, rotate to select the zone number of your area (See Zone Map), then press .

2

3

4

5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12

13 14

15 Zone Map

Guam Island: Zone 8

Puerto Rico: Zone 11

* Not available on all m

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 445

Driving

This chapter discusses driving and refueling.

Before Driving................................... 446 Towing a Trailer................................ 452 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ..... 463 When Driving

Starting the Engine .......................... 465 Automatic Transmission ................... 471 Shifting............................................ 472 Auto Idle Stop*................................ 480 Integrated Dynamics System............. 486 Front Sensor Camera ....................... 487 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ............................. 489

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System........................................504

odels

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 509 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System ............. 517

Agile Handling Assist ....................... 519 Blind spot information (BSI) System*....520 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* ......................................... 523

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist.......................... 524

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation ......... 526

Braking Brake System ................................... 528 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 534

Brake Assist System ......................... 535 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ....................................... 536

Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped ................................ 545 Parking Sensor System* ................... 547 Cross Traffic Monitor* ..................... 551

Multi-View Rear Camera* ................ 556 Surround View Camera System* ..... 558 Refueling

Fuel Information .............................. 568 How to Refuel ................................. 569

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 571

445

446

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 446

Before Driving

1Exterior Checks

NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing.

Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole.

Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If youve parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle.

Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving.

Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of

vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel

or wheel components. Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.

Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressure, and check for damage and excessive wear.

2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602

Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside.

Exterior Checks

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation D

rivin g

1Interior Checks

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 447

Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicles

handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449

Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden

braking. Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor

mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator

pedal operation while driving. If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.

Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 151

Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 192 2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 198

Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.

2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 188 2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 189

Interior Checks

Continued 447

448

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 448

Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the drivers ability to operate the pedals, the operation

of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.

2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 36

Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.

2 Indicators P. 78

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit D

rivin g

1Maximum Load Limit

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue load.

2 Specifications P. 672

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.

2 Specifications P. 672

3WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 449

Maximum Load Limit

The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,173 lbs (532 kg).

The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,005 lbs (456 kg). See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the drivers doorjamb.

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit - (1) Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicles placard.

(2)Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

Models with bench seat

Models with captain seat

Label Example

449Continued

450

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 450

(4)The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

(5)Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 451

In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the drivers doorjamb.

Load Limits Example

Example1

Max Load 1,173 lbs (532 kg)

Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight 873 lbs (396 kg)

Example2

Max Load 1,173 lbs (532 kg)

Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight 423 lbs (192 kg)

451

452

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 452

Towing a Trailer

1Towing Load Limits

Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale. If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo distribution.

Refer to the trailer owners manual for additional information.

Break-in Period Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicles first 600 miles (1,000 km).

Never exceed the gross weight ratings. Gross weight information

2 Vehicle Specifications P. 672

3WARNING Exceeding any load limit or improperly loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Check the loading of your vehicle and trailer carefully before starting to drive.

Towing Preparation

Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.

Total trailer weight Do not exceed the maximum allowable weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in or on it shown in the table. Towing loads in excess of this can seriously affect vehicle handling and performance and can damage the engine and drivetrain.

Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions: Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back Each occupant weights 150 lbs (68 kg) Each occupant has 15 lbs (7 kg) of cargo in the cargo area Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and maximum tongue load.

Towing Load Limits

Total Load

Number of occupants

AWD models with ATF cooler

AWD models without ATF cooler

2WD models

2 5,000 lbs (2,268 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 3 4,750 lbs (2,155 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg) 4 4,500 lbs (2,041 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg) 5 4,250 lbs (1,928 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 6 4,000 lbs (1,814 kg) 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg) 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg) 7 Towing not recommended

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 453

Tongue load The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded trailer on the hitch should be approximately: Boat trailers: 5 15% of the total trailer weight Other trailers: 10 15% of total trailer weight

Tongue LoadTongue L

Number of occupants

AWD models with or without ATF cooler

2WD models

2 500 lbs (227 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg) 3 475 lbs (215 kg) 325 lbs (147 kg) 4 380 lbs (172 kg) 300 lbs (136 kg) 5 290 lbs (132 kg) 260 lbs (118 kg) 6 165 lbs (75 kg) 140 lbs (63 kg) 7 Towing not recommended

453Continued

454

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 454

To estimate the tongue load Excessive tongue load reduces front tire traction and steering control. Too little tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway.

You can estimate the tongue load by measuring the trailer hitch height from the ground in the following steps: 1. Park the vehicle on level ground. 2. Measure the distance between the ground and the bottom of the trailer hitch. 3. Connect the fully loaded trailer to the hitch. 4. Measure the distance between the ground and the bottom of the trailer hitch

again. 5. Subtract the second measurement from the first measurement, then refer to the

following table.

If the difference becomes more than indicated in the table, distribute the load or remove cargo as needed.

If the difference is AWD models 2WD models 1 inches (2.5 cm) 150 lbs (68 kg)

1 1/2 inches (3.8 cm) 250 lbs (114 kg) 2 inches (5.1 cm) 350 lbs (159 kg)

2 3/8 inches (6.0 cm) 450 lbs (205 kg) 2 5/8 inches (6.7 cm) 500 lbs (227 kg)

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D

rivin g

1How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale

Fully load the vehicle and trailer. An attendant who watches the scale is needed as all occupants should stay in the vehicle.

If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo distribution.

Weight limit for 2WD models AWD models

Front gross axle 2,811 lbs (1,275 kg)

2,910 lbs (1,320 kg)

Gross vehicle 5,368 lbs (2,435 kg)

5,677 lbs (2,575 kg)

Rear gross axle 2,734 lbs (1,240 kg)

2,965 lbs (1,345 kg)

Gross combined 8,036 lbs (3,645 kg)

9,833 lbs (4,460 kg)

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 455

How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale Check each weight in the order indicated as shown. Refer to the table on the right for each weights limit except for the tongue load.

2 Tongue load P. 453

If you cannot weigh the rear axle, subtract 1 from 2. The maximum gross combined weight (4) decreases by 2% for every 1,000 feet

(305 meters) of elevation. To calculate the tongue load, subtract 5 from 6. Refer to the trailer owners manual for additional information.

1. Front gross axle weight.

2. Gross vehicle weight.

4. Gross combined weight.

3. Rear gross axle weight. 5. Hitched trailer weight. 6. Unhitched trailer weight.

Continued 455

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

456

D rivin

g

1Towing Equipment and Accessories

Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/ territory, and local regulations.

Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and setup of the equipment. Improper installation and setup can affect the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle.

Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other items are recommended or required for your towing situation.

The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type and brand. If a connector is required, it should only be installed by a qualified technician.

Trailer packages and products: Ball mount, hitch plug, hitch pin etc. Wiring harness kit Trailer hitch kit (jumper harness included)

2 Trailer brakes P. 457 Are available at a dealer.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 456

Towing generally requires a variety of supplemental equipment. To ensure the best quality, we recommend that you purchase Acura equipment whenever possible.

Towing Equipment and Accessories

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D

rivin g

1Trailer brakes

The 4-pin gray connector is located under the left side instrument panel.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 457

Trailer brakes Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more: There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicles hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a potential hazard. The 4-pin gray connector installed in your vehicle has all of the circuits required to install most electric trailer brake controllers.

Have a qualified mechanic install your trailer brake controller following the trailer brake controller manufacturers instructions. Failure to properly install the trailer brake controller may increase the distance it takes for you to stop your vehicle when towing a trailer.

Electric Brake (Light Green) (20A)

Ground (Brown)

Brake (Green)

Stop (Violet)

Trailer brake controller connectors terminals:

Continued 457

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

458

D rivin

g

1Trailer light

The trailer lighting connector is located behind the left side panel in the cargo area. Even if you are planning to use the non-Acura trailer lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the correct connector and pins.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 458

Trailer light Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the requirements in the area where you plan to tow.

We recommend that you have a dealer install a Acura wiring harness and converter. They are designed for your vehicle.

Hitches Read the trailer manufacturers instructions, and select the appropriate draw bar for the height of the trailer you will be towing.

Weight distribution hitches Your vehicle is designed to tow without the need for a load distributing hitch. If you wish to use one, please consult your trailer maker for proper installation and set-up. Improper set-up could degrade the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle.

+B Trailer Charge

+B Trailer Hazard Light

+B Trailer Hazard Light

+B Trailer Back Light

Back Light

+B ELEC Brake

Right Turn Signal

Stop Light

Pins wiring color codes and their purposes:

+B Trailer Small IG2 HAC

Left Turn Signal

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 459

Safety chains Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.

Sway control This device can be used if your trailer tends to sway. Your trailer maker can tell you what kind of sway control you need and how to install it. Improper installation could degrade the handling and stability of your vehicle.

Trailer mirrors Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the trailer creates a blind spot.

Automatic transmission cooler*

An additional ATF (automatic transmission fluid) cooler is required to keep the transmission from overheating when towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg). You can get the additional ATF cooler at a dealer.

AWD models

459* Not available on all models

460

uuTowing a TraileruTrailer Stability Assist

D rivin

g

1Trailer Stability Assist

Trailer stability assist is not a function that prevents the vehicle and trailer from swaying. Avoid high speeds, abrupt steering, improper trailer load, and sudden braking to keep the trailer from swaying. When swayed too severely, the system becomes ineffective, and you may lose control of your vehicle, causing the trailer to roll over or get damaged.

2 Driving Safely with a Trailer P. 461

Trailer towing sway is caused by: Crosswinds Improper towbar down load Excessive Speed

The VSA system indicator blinks during the trailer stability assist operation.

2 VSA Operation P. 517

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 460

Trailer Stability Assist Helps to stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer severely sways.

How trailer stability assist works When the vehicle and trailer become unstable while driving, trailer stability assist determines the cause. If the trailer oscillation is detected as the cause, and the swaying increases, the system applies the brakes or controls engine output to reduce vehicle speed. Both the vehicle and trailer brake lights come on automatically if you brake to reduce vehicle speed.

uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer D

rivin g

1Driving Safely with a Trailer

Parking In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel chocks at each of the trailers tires.

1Towing Speeds and Gears

When towing a fixed-sided trailer (e.g., camper), do not exceed 55 mph (88 km/h). At higher speeds, the trailer may sway or affect vehicle handling.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 461

Driving Safely with a Trailer

Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition. Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.

2 Towing Load Limits P. 452

When towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,590 kg), use of gasoline with a pump octane number of 91 or higher is recommended. u Towing performance can be affected by high altitude, high temperature, or

steep uphill. Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer. Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while

driving. Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly. Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare.

Turn off Auto Idle Stop system using Auto Idle Stop OFF button. The trailer weight can affect your vehicles brake effectiveness if Auto Idle Stop is activated on a hill while towing a trailer.

Drive slower than normal. Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers. Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.

Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer

Towing Speeds and Gears

Models with Auto Idle Stop

461Continued

462

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 462

Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal. Allow more time and distance for braking. Do not brake or turn suddenly.

Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary.

Change the gear position to (S position if the transmission shifts frequently.

If the vehicle tires slip when retrieving a boat from the water, keep the transmission in (D and do not use the sequential shift mode in (S . This prevents damage to the transmission.

Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.

2 Emergency Towing P. 666

Turning and Braking

Driving in Hilly Terrain

Retrieving a Boat

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 463

Off-Highway Driving Guidelines

D

rivin g

1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines

Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.

2 Important Handling Information P. 30 2 Precautions While Driving P. 470

Spinning the tires can also damage the SH-AWD system.

3WARNING Improperly operating this vehicle on or off pavement can cause a crash or rollover in which you and your passengers could be seriously injured or killed.

Follow all instructions and guidelines in this owners manual.

Keep your speed low, and dont drive faster than conditions permit.

General Information Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-road activities.

If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.

Important Safety Precautions To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and recommendations: Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.

2 Maximum Load Limit P. 449

Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts. Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow. Its up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.

463

464

uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 464

Avoiding Trouble Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all

scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.

Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in a hazardous situation.

Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.

Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover or damage to your suspension or other components.

Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight up or down a slope is usually the safest. If you cant clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, dont try it. Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.

Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.

If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 465

When Driving

D

rivin g

1Starting the Engine

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine. The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters).

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.

If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater and transmission clutch actuator heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.

If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system.

Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 647

The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves. Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to start the engine. If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds before trying again.

Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The electric parking brake indicator

comes on for 15 seconds when you press the electric parking brake switch.

2. Depress the brake pedal.

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal. The engine will crank until it starts.

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Brake Pedal

465Continued

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

466

D rivin

g

1Starting the Engine

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engines fuel system is disabled.

2 Immobilizer System P. 163

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 466

You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button with your foot on the brake pedal.

Stopping the Engine

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D

rivin g

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

WARNING: Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed areas.

Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.

Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas with limited ventilation.

Remote Engine Start run timer extension The engine runs for another 10 minutes from the time of extension request. The max engine run time is 20 minutes, if the extension request is made after 10 minutes of first engine run.

If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: You have disabled a remote engine start setting

using the multi-information display (MID). The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The transmission is in a position other than (P. The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is

unlocked. You have already used the remote twice to start

the engine.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 467

You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances.

To start the engine

The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute

extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the tailgate are locked.

Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

Press the button, then press and hold the button.

Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.

Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts.

Go within the range, and try again.

Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running.

Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range.

Continued 467* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

468

D rivin

g

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

Another registered keyless access remote is in the vehicle.

There is any antenna failure. Door is unlocked with the built-in key. The engine oil pressure is low. The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. The telematics unit malfunctions. The security system alarm is not set.

Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and tailgate did not lock, and the engine does not start.

While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: The air conditioning is activated in recirculation

mode. The seat ventilation is activated*. When it is cold outside: The defroster is activated at a moderately warm

temperature. The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are

activated. The seat heaters and heated steering wheel are

activated*. 2 Heated Steering Wheel* P. 216 2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat

Ventilation* P. 217, 218

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 468

To stop the engine

Press and hold the button for one second.

Go within the range, and try again.

Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.

Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you

know that the engine has stopped.

Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine will not stop.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D

rivin g

1Starting to Drive

The engine stops when the gear position is changed from (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive.

You can also release the parking brake by pulling the electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it with the electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with the accelerator pedal.

When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote*

1Hill start assist system

Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and will not operate on small inclines.

Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake.

Hill start assist will operate even when VSA is switched off.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 469

1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button simultaneously.

2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, press the (D button. Select (R when reversing.

3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal. u Make sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off.

2 Parking Brake P. 528 2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

P. 657

Hill start assist system Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.

Change the gear position to (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.

The brakes remain engaged briefly as you release the brake pedal.

Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote*

When the engine was started in any case

469* Not available on all models

470

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

D rivin

g

1Precautions While Driving

NOTICE Do not change the gear position while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.

NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in the full left or right position for a while, the system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system.

If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.

Do not change the gear position to (N, as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.

During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as not to damage the engine or powertrain.

Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 470

Precautions While Driving

Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control: Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible. Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity. Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.

Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Acura accessory).

Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle

In Rain

Other Precautions

uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission D

rivin g

1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle

Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.

2 Important Handling Information P. 30 2 Precautions While Driving P. 470

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 471

Automatic Transmission

The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

Creeping

Kickdown

471

472

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

D rivin

g

1Shifting

To prevent malfunction and unintended engagement: Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons. Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift

buttons. Do not let passengers or children operate the shift

buttons.

The beeper sounds and the message appears on the MID when you depress the accelerator pedal with the gear position in (N. Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake pedal depressed.

When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (22F/30C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving.

3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.

A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 472

Shifting Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.

Shift button positions

Park Used when parking, before turning off or starting the engine

Reverse Used when reversing

Neutral Transmission is not locked

Drive Used for: Normal driving (gears change between 1st

and 9th automatically) Temporarily driving in the sequential

mode

Drive (S) Used for: Automatically changing gears between 1st

and 7th (7th gear is used only at high speed)

Driving in the sequential mode

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 473

(P (parking) button The gear position changes to (P when you press the (P button while the vehicle is parked with the power mode in ON. The indicators on the sides of the (P button come on.

(P Button

473Continued

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

474

D rivin

g

1Shift Operation

NOTICE When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift button before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.

Use the gear position indicator and the shift button indicator to check the gear position before selecting a shift button.

If the indicator of the currently selected gear position, or all the gear position indicators are blinking simultaneously, there is a problem with the transmission. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometers red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt.

When the engine speed is increased while the transmission is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometers red zone.

The beeper sounds once when you change to (R.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 474

Shift Operation

Gear Position Indicator

Tachometers red zone

Press the (P button.

Pull back the (R button.

Press the (N button.

Press the button.D/S

Shift Button Indicator

M (sequential mode) Indicator

Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

Press the button twice. If the gear position is in (D, press the button again.

D/S

D/S

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1When opening the drivers door

While the system is designed to automatically change the gear position to (P under the described conditions, in the interest of safety you should always select (P before opening the drivers door. Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.

2 When Stopped P. 545

If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position has automatically changed to (P under the described conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt, depress the brake pedal, then change the gear position.

If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock the doors.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 475

In freezing or sub-freezing conditions, the gear selection response may be slow. Always depress the brake pedal before changing the gear position to (P , and confirm that (P is shown on the gear position indicator before releasing the brake.

When opening the drivers door If you open the drivers door under the following conditions, the gear position automatically changes to (P . The vehicle is in stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h)

or slower. The transmission is in other than (P . You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.

u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release the brake pedal.

When turning off the power mode If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in other than (P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.

Continued 475

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

476

D rivin

g

1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode]

The transmission may not stay in (N position while the following indicators are on or when the message below appears: Malfunction indicator lamp Transmission system indicator Charging system indicator The Charging System Problem message on the

MID.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 476

If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] With the engine running: 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. 2. Select (N , then release the button to display (N (Neutral) hold mode on the MID. 3. Press and hold (N again for two seconds. u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle

is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an attendant do not remain in the vehicle.

If the ENGINE STOP/START button is pressed after car wash mode has been activated, the power mode will change to ACCESSORY and a message will be displayed on the multi- information display. u The gear position remains in (N with the

power mode in ACCESSORY for 15 minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to OFF.

u Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on and the power mode changes to OFF. You must always shift to (P when car wash mode is no longer needed.

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 477

Restriction on selecting a gear position You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.

When the transmission is in:

1. Under the circumstances of that:

2. You cannot select: 3. The gear position remains in/changes to:

How to change the gear position

(P

The brake pedal is not depressed.

Other gear position

(P

Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.

The accelerator pedal is depressed.

(N

The vehicle is moving at low speed without the brake pedal depressed.

(N

The vehicle is moving at low speed with the accelerator pedal depressed.

(N , (D or (S The vehicle is moving forward. (R Stop your vehicle in a safe place, depress the brake pedal, and select the appropriate gear position.

(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D , (S

(R , (N , (D or (S The vehicle is moving. (P

477Continued

478

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 478

Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 9th gears without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.

When the transmission is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.

Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the button to return to normal drive.

When the transmission is in (S The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometers red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel this mode by holding the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the button. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will turn off.

Sequential Mode

D/S

D/S

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1Sequential Mode Operation

Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.

If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 479

Sequential Mode Operation

Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear)

Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear)

Paddle Shifter (Shift down)

Paddle Shifter (Shift up)

479

480

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop*

D rivin

g

1Auto Idle Stop*

The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 480

Auto Idle Stop*

To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The indicator (green) comes on.

The engine then restarts once the vehicle is about to move again, or depending on environmental and vehicle conditions, and the indicator (green) goes off.

2 The Engine Automatically Restarts When: P. 484

A message associated with Auto Idle Stop appears on the MID.

2 Indicators P. 92 2 Customized Features P. 130

If the drivers door is opened while the indicator (green) comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in operation.

Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop* D

rivin g

1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF

Pressing the Auto Idle Stop OFF button restarts the engine during the Auto Idle Stop activated.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 481

To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops. u Auto Idle Stop system will stop and the

indicator (amber) in meter will come on.

The Auto Idle Stop system is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF

Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)

Continued 481

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop*

482

D rivin

g

1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:

When ACC with LSF is in operation, the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle Stop may activate.

Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. If the hood is opened, the engine will not restart automatically.

In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE START/STOP button.

2 Starting the Engine P. 465

Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button changes the power mode to ACCESSORY even while Auto Idle Stop is in operation. Once in ACCESSORY, the engine no longer restarts automatically. Follow the standard procedure to start the engine.

2 Starting the Engine P. 465

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 482

The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed.

Auto Idle Stop does not activate when: The drivers seat belt is not fastened. The engine coolant temperature is low or high. The transmission fluid temperature is low or high. The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5

km/h) after the engine starts. Stopped on a steep incline. The transmission is in a position other than (D. The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. The engine is started with the hood open. u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate

Auto Idle Stop. The battery charge is low. The internal temperature of the battery is 14F (10C). or less. The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below 4F

(20C) or over 104F (40C). The climate control system temperature is set to the Hi or Lo. is ON (indicator on). When the rear fan is set to maximum speed. u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate

control system is in use.

Auto Idle Stop Activates When:

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop* D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 483

Auto Idle Stop may not activate when: The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly. The steering wheel is operated. The fan speed is high. Altitude is high. The vehicle is repeatedly accelerated and decelerated at a low speed. The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between

the set temperature and the actual interior temperature. Humidity in the interior is high. The rear fan is set to maximum speed. u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate

control system is in use.

483Continued

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop*

484

D rivin

g

1The Engine Automatically Restarts When:

If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when the engine restarts.

1The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when:

*1: With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal during Auto Idle Stop is in operation.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 484

The brake pedal is released (without the automatic brake hold system activated). The accelerator pedal is depressed (with the automatic brake hold system

activated). 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 532

The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when: The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. The steering wheel is operated. The transmission is change to (R or (S , or when it is change from (N to (D. The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while

stopped on an incline. The pressure on the brake pedal is repeatedly applied and released slightly during

a stop. The battery charge becomes low. The accelerator pedal is depressed. The drivers seat belt is unlatched. is ON (indicator on). The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set

temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior. The vehicle ahead of you starts again when your vehicle stops automatically with

ACC with LSF.

The Engine Automatically Restarts When:

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop* D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 485

The engine restarts even if the automatic brake hold system is activated when:

The automatic brake hold system is canceled and the electric parking brake is applied automatically. The automatic brake hold system has a problem.

Briefly keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine. This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.

Starting Assist Brake Function

485

486

uuWhen Drivingu Integrated Dynamics System

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 486

Integrated Dynamics System Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are three modes to select from: Comfort, Normal, and Sport. Press the Dynamic Mode button to select a mode. The mode you have selected appears on the MID. You can customize the mode default setting using the MID.

2 Customized Features P. 126

Normal Balanced driving performance for most driving situations.

Sport Enhances vehicle response feel through decreased steering assist, heightened throttle response, increased SH-AWD* torque bias, and modified active sound control.

Comfort Maximizes driver comfort through increased steering assist.

Dynamic Mode Button

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera D

rivin g

1Front Sensor Camera

Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield, hood, or front grill that could obstruct the cameras field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the cameras field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the cameras field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.

Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 487

Front Sensor Camera The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, CMBSTM, and auto high-beam, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions.

This camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the cameras sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.

Camera Location and Handling Tips

Front Sensor Camera

487Continued

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera

488

D rivin

g

1Front Sensor Camera

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the

interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed towards the camera.

Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Clean Front Windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the

windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 488

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other vehicles.

Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor cover.

3WARNING Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a crash.

Use ACC with LSF only when driving on expressways or freeways and in good weather conditions.

3WARNING ACC with LSF has limited braking capability and may not stop your vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly stops in front of you.

Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal if the conditions require.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 489

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicles brake lights will illuminate.

When to use

Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with LSF range ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h). No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range ACC with LSF operates at the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.

Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D or (S.

The radar sensor is in the front grille.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

489Continued

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

490

D rivin

g

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with LSF and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are either turned on or off.

ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions.

2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 495

When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).

Do not use ACC with LSF under the following conditions. On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in

continuous stop and go traffic. On roads with sharp turns. On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set

vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed.

On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 490

How to activate the system

Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel.

ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC with LSF is ready to use.

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 491

When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/ switch when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins. When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. While stationary and a vehicle is ahead of you, the vehicle speed can be set, even with the brake pedal depressed.

When ACC with LSF starts operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed appear on the MID.

To Set the Vehicle Speed

On when ACC with LSF begins Press down and release

RES/+/SET/ Switch

Set Vehicle Speed

Set Vehicle Interval

491Continued

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

492

D rivin

g

1When in Operation

If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the beeper sounds and a message appears on the MID, and the head-up warning lights* come on. Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate interval from the vehicle ahead.

Even if the interval between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the

same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster

than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval between the vehicles.

Beep

Head-up Warning Lights*

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 492

There is a vehicle ahead ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your vehicles set speed in order to keep the vehicles set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.

2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 498

When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed is detected in front of you, your vehicle starts to slow down.

When in Operation

ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)

A vehicle icon appears on the MID.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1When in Operation

You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe interval when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions.

2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 495

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 493

There is no vehicle ahead Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal. If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.

While stationary and no vehicle is detected, ACC with LSF automatically cancels and a beeper sounds.

When you depress the accelerator pedal You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range. ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed. There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is lightly applied.

A vehicle icon with dotted-line contour appears on the MID.

Continued 493

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

494

D rivin

g

1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop

3WARNING Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped while the ACC with LSF system is operating can result in the vehicle moving without operator control.

A vehicle that moves without operator control can cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.

Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 494

A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The Stopped message appears on the MID. When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, the vehicle icon on the MID blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the prior set speed.

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM).

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 536

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent.

Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or replace the radar sensor cover.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 495

The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

Vehicle conditions The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The camera temperature gets too high. The parking brake is applied. When the front grille is dirty. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed.

ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

Continued 495* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

496

D rivin

g

1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN button and take your vehicle to a dealer.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).

If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,

embankment, etc. You drive the vehicle where the water is deep. Your vehicle has a frontal collision.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 496

Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small

vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult

for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is

significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape. When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.

You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the MID between mph and km/h.

2 Customized Features P. 126

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 497

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/ switch on the steering wheel.

Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.

If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

To increase speed

To decrease speed

Continued 497

498

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 498

Press the (interval) button to change the ACC with LSF following-interval. Each time you press the button, the following- interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through short, middle, long, and extra long following- intervals.

Determine the most appropriate following- interval setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-interval requirements set by local regulation.

To Set or Change Following-interval

Interval Button

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 499

The higher your vehicles following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your reference.

When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF interval setting.

Following-interval When the Set Speed is:

50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)

Short 83 feet

25 meters 1.1 sec

100 feet 31 meters

1.1 sec

Middle 110 feet

33 meters 1.5 sec

137 feet 42 meters

1.5 sec

Long 154 feet

47 meters 2.1 sec

200 feet 61 meters

2.1 sec

Extra Long

204 feet 62 meters

2.8 sec

265 feet 81 meters

2.8 sec

499Continued

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

500

D rivin

g

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/ SET/ switch up.

The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the desired speed.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 500

To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. u ACC with LSF indicator goes off.

Depress the brake pedal. u When the LSF function has stopped the

vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF by depressing the brake pedal.

To Cancel

CANCEL Button

MAIN Button

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1Automatic cancellation

Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/ switch up.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 501

Automatic cancellation The beeper sounds and a message appears on the MID when ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with LSF to automatically cancel: Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. Abrupt steering wheel movement. When the ABS, VSA or CMBSTM is activated. When the ABS or VSA system indicator comes on. When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. When you manually apply the parking brake. When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your

vehicle. When a detected vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range while your vehicle

is stationary. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty. The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following causes. In these cases, the electric parking brake will be automatically applied. The drivers seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary. The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes. The engine is turned off. When trailer stability assist is activated.

2 Trailer Stability Assist P. 460

Continued 501

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

502

D rivin

g

1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle ahead of you.

You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the MID between mph and km/h.

2 Customized Features P. 126

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 502

Press and hold the (interval) button for one second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on the MID for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise. To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and hold the button again for one second. ACC Mode Selected appears on the MID for two seconds.

When to use Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.

Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/ switch down when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the RES/+/SET/ switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

Each time you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). If you keep the RES/+/SET/ switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.

To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

ACC with LSF ON

Cruise Control ON

To Set the Vehicle Speed

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) D

rivin g

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/ SET/ switch up while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.

You cannot set or resume in the following situations: When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h). When the MAIN button is turned off.

At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control canceled automatically.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 503

To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

To Cancel

503

504

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

D rivin

g

1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.

The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:

2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 507

There are times when you may not notice RDM functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 504

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.

The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane.

As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the MID.

If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane

markings are solid continuous lines. The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.

If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.

How the System Works

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System D

rivin g

1How the System Activates

The RDM system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 94

RDM system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: Not driven within a traffic lane. Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of

a lane. Driven in a narrow lane.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 505

The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation. The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being

turned. The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,

braking or steering.

How the System Activates

Continued 505

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

506

D rivin

g

1RDM On and Off

When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the MID, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 506

Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and

the message appears on the MID when the system is on.

RDM On and Off

RDM Button

Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 507

The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

RDM Conditions and Limitations

507Continued

508

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 508

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white

lines (or yellow lines). Driving on roads with double lines.

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too high. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D

rivin g

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.

2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 116

Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the front windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.

The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.

The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:

2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 515

The LKAS may not function as designed while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves.

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 509

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.

Front Sensor Camera

Monitors the lane lines

Tactile and visual alerts Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

Steering input assist The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to either of the lane lines.

509Continued

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

510

D rivin

g

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected, system will recover automatically.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 510

Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger.

When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well as a warning display.

Lane Keep Support Function

Lane Departure Warning Function

Warning Area

Warning Area

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D

rivin g

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 511

The system can be used when the following conditions are met. The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and

your vehicle is in the center of the lane. The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation.

How to activate the system 1. Press the MAIN button. u The LKAS is on in the MID.

The system is ready to use.

2. Press the LKAS button. u Lane outlines appear on the MID.

The system is activated.

When the System can be Used

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

Continued 511

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

512

D rivin

g

1To Cancel

Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF on and off.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 512

3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid

ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.

To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button.

The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

To Cancel

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 513

The system operation is suspended if you:

Set the wipers to continuous operation. u Turning the wipers off resumes the

LKAS.

Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the wipers operate continuously. u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop

or operate intermittently.

Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40 mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45

mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.

Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting

the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal.

When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the MID change to contour lines, and the beeper sounds (if activated).

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

All models

513Continued

514

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 514

The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. Driving through a sharp curve. Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).

Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: The camera temperature gets extremely high or low. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty. The ABS or VSA system engages.

The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 515

The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

LKAS Conditions and Limitations

515Continued

516

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 516

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white

lines (or yellow lines). Driving on roads with double lines.

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too high. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System D

rivin g

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

The VSA may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.

When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

VSA cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

The main function of the VSA system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 517

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

When VSA activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic system. You will also see the indicator blink.

VSA Operation

VSA System Indicator

517Continued

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

518

D rivin

g

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the VSA temporarily switched off.

When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA off if you are not able to free it when the VSA is on.

Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to switch VSA on again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the VSA system switched off.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 518

This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA functionality/ features, press and hold it until you hear a beep.

Your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but traction control function will be less effective.

To restore VSA functionality/features, press

the (VSA OFF) button until you hear a beep.

VSA is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

VSA On and Off

VSA OFF Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist D

rivin g

1Agile Handling Assist

The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist does not activate.

You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the agile handling assist is activated. This is normal.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 519

Agile Handling Assist Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicles stability and performance during cornering.

519

520

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System*

D rivin

g

1Blind spot information (BSI) System*

Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over reliance on BSI may result in a collision.

The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more

than two seconds. A vehicle is parked in a side lane. The speed difference between your vehicle and the

vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).

An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.

A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a motorcycle or other small vehicle.

3WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes.

Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 520

Blind spot information (BSI) System*

Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as blind spots.

When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.

How the system works

Alert zone range A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)

Radar Sensors: underneath the rear bumper corners

Alert Zone A

B

C

The transmission is in (D or (S.

Your vehicle speed is between 20 mph (32 km/h) and 100 mph (160 km/h)

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System* D

rivin g

1Blind spot information (BSI) System*

The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to

obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not Available MID appearing.

The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing.

You can turn off the audible alert, or all the BSI alert using the information screen or MID.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 358

Turn the system off when towing a trailer. The system may not work properly for the following reasons: The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the

radar coverage. The trailer itself can be detected by the radar

sensors, causing the BSI alert indicators to come on.

The system does not operate when in (R.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 521

When the system detects a vehicle BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside rearview mirror on both sides.

Comes on when: A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind

to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle.

You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Blinks and the beeper sounds when: You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.

Comes On

Blinks

Continued 521* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information (BSI) System*

522

D rivin

g

1Blind spot information (BSI) System*

BSI may be adversely affected when: Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are

detected. An object that does not reflect radio waves well,

such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. Driving on a curved road. A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent

lane. The system picks up external electrical interference. The rear bumper or the sensors have been

improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.

The orientation of the sensors has been changed. In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).

For proper BSI use: Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with

labels or stickers of any kind. Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear

bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 522

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)* D

rivin g

1Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*

The SH-AWD system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.

2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 608

Do not continuously spin the front tires of your vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can cause damage to the transmission and SH-AWD unit.

If the SH-AWD indicator blinks while driving, it indicates the differential temperature is too high. If this happens, pull to the side of the road when it is safe, change the gear position to (P, and idle the engine until the indicator goes out.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 523

Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*

The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions.

SH-AWD helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like slippery surfaces, such as on wet, icy, or snowy roads, better than when driving with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be precautious about the following: It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply

brakes. Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.

523* Not available on all models

524

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist

D rivin

g

1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.

2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 657

Tire pressure checked and inflated in: Warm weather can become under-inflated in

colder weather. Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer

weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation.

The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you are adjusting using audible and visual indications.

If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is reached. Stop filling the tire.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 524

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist

Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicles tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the MID.

Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist D

rivin g

1Tire Pressure Monitor

The pressure displayed on the MID can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the MID do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer.

Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire, or there is a problem with the TPMS.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 525

To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until you see the tire pressure screen.

The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi (U.S.) or kPa (Canada).

Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen.

Tire Pressure Monitor

525

526

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 526

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.

(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicles handling and stopping ability.

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 527

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

527

528

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 528

Braking

1Parking Brake

You may hear the electric parking brake system motor operating from the rear wheel area when you apply or release the parking brake, or set the power mode to OFF. This is normal.

The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric parking brake system operation when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.

You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the battery goes dead.

2 Jump Starting P. 649

If you press and hold the electric parking brake switch while driving the brakes on all four wheels are applied (by the VSA system) until the vehicle come to a stop (at which point the electric parking brake is applied) or the switch is released.

Brake System

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.

To apply The electric parking brake can be applied any time the vehicle has battery, no matter which power mode the vehicle is in.

Press the electric parking brake switch gently and securely. u The electric parking brake indicator

comes on.

Parking Brake

Electric Parking Brake Switch

uuBrakinguBrake System D

rivin g

1Parking Brake

In the following situations, the parking brake automatically operates. When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes

while ACC with LSF is activated. When the drivers seat belt is unfastened while

your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF.

When the engine is turned off while ACC with LSF is activated.

When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.

When the drivers seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is stopped and brake hold is applied.

When the engine is turned off while brake hold system is applied.

When there is a problem with the Brake Hold System.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 529

To release The power mode must be in the ON position to release the electric parking brake. 1. Depress the brake pedal fully. 2. Pull the electric parking brake switch up

gently and securely. u The electric parking brake indicator goes

off.

Manually releasing the parking brake using the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and smoothly when facing downhill on steep hills.

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Continued 529

uuBrakinguBrake System

530

D rivin

g

1Parking Brake

If the parking brake cannot be released automatically, release it manually.

The parking brake cannot be released automatically while the following indicators are on: Malfunction indicator lamp Transmission system indicator

The parking brake may not be released automatically while the following indicators are on: Electric parking brake system indicator VSA system indicator ABS indicator Supplemental restraint system indicator

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 530

To release automatically Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake. Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.

Gently depress the accelerator pedal. When on a hill, it may require more accelerator input to release. u The electric parking brake indicator goes

off.

You can release the parking brake automatically when: You are wearing the drivers seat belt. The engine is running. The transmission is not in (P or (N .

Accelerator Pedal

uuBrakinguBrake System D

rivin g

1Foot Brake

Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times.

If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by high frequency vibration of the brake pads against the rotating brake disc.

Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear.

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 531

Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard.

2 Brake Assist System P. 535 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 534

Foot Brake

Continued 531

uuBrakinguBrake System

532

D rivin

g

1Automatic Brake Hold

3WARNING Activating the automatic brake hold system on steep hills or slippery roads may still allow the vehicle to move if you remove your foot from the brake pedal.

If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.

Never activate the automatic brake hold system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from moving when stopped on a steep hill or slippery roads.

3WARNING Using the automatic brake hold system to park the vehicle may result in the vehicle unexpectedly moving.

If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.

Never leave the vehicle when braking is temporarily kept by automatic brake hold and always park the vehicle by putting the transmission in (P and applying the parking brake.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 532

Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at traffic lights and in heavy traffic.

Automatic Brake Hold

Turning on the system

Fasten your seat belt properly, then start the engine. Press the automatic brake hold button. The automatic brake

hold system indicator comes on. The system is turned on.

Activating the system

Depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop. The transmission must be in (D or (N. The automatic brake

hold indicator comes on. Braking is kept for up to 10 minutes.

Release the brake pedal after the automatic brake hold indicator comes on.

Canceling the system

Depress the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in (D. The system is canceled and the vehicle starts to move. The automatic brake

hold indicator goes off. The system continues to be on.

Accelerator PedalBrake PedalAutomatic Brake Hold Button

Goes Off

Comes On

On On

Comes On

Comes On

U.S.

Canada

uuBrakinguBrake System D

rivin g

1Automatic Brake Hold

While the system is activated, you can turn off the engine or park the vehicle through the same procedure as you normally do.

2 When Stopped P. 545

Whether the system is on, or the system is activated, the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is off.

1Turning on the system

Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold system before using an automated car wash.

You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold system is in operation. The system generates sound while holding the vehicle and it moves.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 533

The system automatically cancels when: You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R . You engage the parking brake.

The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when: Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes. The drivers seat belt is unfastened. The engine is turned off. Brake Hold System Problem appears on the MID.

Turning off the automatic brake hold system While the system is on, press the automatic brake hold button again. u The automatic brake hold system

indicator goes off.

If you want to turn off automatic brake hold while the system is in operation, press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed.

Automatic Brake Hold Button

Goes Off

533

534

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

D rivin

g

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of the wrong size or type.

If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking will not be affected, there is a possibility that the ABS will not operating. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to skidding and loss of steering control.

In the following cases, your vehicle may need more distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS: You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,

such as gravel or snow. The tires are equipped with snow chains.

The following may be observed with the ABS system: Motor sounds coming from the engine

compartment when the brakes are applied, or when system checks are being performed after the engine has been started and while vehicle is accelerates.

Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when ABS activates.

These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS systems and are no cause for concern.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 534

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.

You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as stomp and steer.

ABS operation The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.

ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on: Wet or snow covered roads. Roads paved with stone. Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.

When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

ABS

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 535

Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.

When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

535

536

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

D rivin

g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions.

The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions:

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 540

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor cover.

1How the system works

Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you when your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62 mph (30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle detected in front of you.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 536

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

How the system works

The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.

The radar sensor is in the front grille.

The CMBSTM activates when: The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian

detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.

Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

When to use

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D

rivin g

1When the system activates

The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list.

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 540

The head-up warning* uses a lens located at the front end of the dashboard. Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.

Lens

1Vibration alert on the steering wheel

Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.

2 Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator P. 88

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 537

When the system activates

At systems earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/ Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through MID setting options.

2 List of customizable options P. 129

Vibration alert on the steering wheel When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and audible alerts. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the

steering wheel, etc.).

The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change

lanes, etc.)

Beep

Head-up Warning Lights*

Visual Alerts

Audible Alert Tactile Alert

Continued 537* Not available on all models

538

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 538

The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage.

Collision Alert Stages

Distance between vehicles

CMBSTM

The sensors detect a vehicle

Audible & Visual WARNINGS Steering Wheel Braking

Stage one There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you.

When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal.

In case of an oncoming vehicle detected, rapid vibration is provided.

Stage two The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced.

Visual and audible alerts.

Lightly applied

Stage three

The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable.

Forcefully applied

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

Normal ShortLong

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D

rivin g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions:

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 540

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 539

Press and hold the button until the beeper sounds to switch the system on or off.

When the CMBSTM is off: The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument

panel comes on. A message on the MID reminds you that the

system is off.

The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

CMBSTM On and Off

Continued 539

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

540

D rivin

g

1CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations

Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to the radar sensor area. This can impact CMBSTM operation.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).

If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,

embankment, etc. You drive the vehicle where the water is deep. Your vehicle has a frontal collision.

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 540

The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.

2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.

CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 541

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too high. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

541Continued* Not available on all models

542

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 542

Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small

vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for

the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of

you is significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 543

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by

side. Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrians

shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian. When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting. When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 7

feet (2 meter) in height. When a pedestrian blends in with the background. When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or

they are running. When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an

unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).

Automatic shutoff The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the CMBSTM indicator comes and stays on when: The temperature inside the system is high. You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an

extended period. An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

543Continued

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

544

D rivin

g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)

For the CMBSTM to work properly:

Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 544

The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.

At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.

On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you.

Through a low bridge at high speed You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.

Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

With Little Chance of a Collision

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 545

Parking Your Vehicle

D

rivin g

1Parking Your Vehicle

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

1When Stopped

NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals

simultaneously. Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by

depressing the accelerator pedal. Changing into (P before the vehicle stops

completely.

In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from moving. If you do not take either precaution, the vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.

When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. With the brake pedal depressed, press the electric parking brake switch slowly,

but fully. 3. Change the gear position to (P . 4. Turn off the engine.

The electric parking brake indicator goes off in about 15 seconds.

545Continued

uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped

546

D rivin

g

1When Stopped

3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.

A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 546

Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, particularly if you are parked on an incline.

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D

rivin g

1Parking Sensor System*

Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.

The system may not work properly when: The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or

dirt, etc. The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,

bumpy road, or a hill. The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather. The system is affected by devices that emit

ultrasonic waves. Driving in bad weather.

The system may not sense: Thin or low objects. Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,

or sponge. Objects directly under the bumper.

Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 547

Parking Sensor System*

The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles near your vehicle. The beeper and information screen let you know the approximate distance between your vehicle and the obstacle.

The sensor location and range

Within about 28 in (70 cm) or less

Front Corner Sensors Rear Corner Sensors

Rear Center Sensors

Front: Within about 39 in (100 cm) or less Rear: Within about 45 in (115 cm) or less

Front Center Sensors

547Continued* Not available on all models

548

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 548

Parking sensor system on and off With the power mode in ON, press the parking sensor system button to turn on or off the system. The indicator in the button comes on when the system is on.

The rear center and corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is in (R , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

The front corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is not in (P , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 549

When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter

*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.

Length of the intermittent beep

Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle Indicator Information Screen

Corner Sensors Center Sensors

Moderate

Rear: About 45-28 in (115-70 cm)

Front: About 39-28 in (100-70 cm)

Blinks in Yellow*1

Short About 28-18 in

(70-45 cm) About 28-18 in

(70-45 cm) Blinks in Amber

Very short About 18-14 in

(45-35 cm) About 18-14 in

(45-35 cm)

Continuous About 14 in

(35 cm) or less About 14 in

(35 cm) or less Blinks in Red

Models with multi-view rear camera system

Indicators light where the sensor detects an obstacle.

Models with surround view camera system

Indicators light where the sensor detects an obstacle.

549Continued

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*

550

D rivin

g

1Turning off All Rear Sensors

When you set the gear position to (R, the indicator in the parking sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 550

1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON. 3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator

in the button flashes. 4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off. u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.

To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds three times when the rear sensors come back on.

Turning off All Rear Sensors

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D

rivin g

1Cross Traffic Monitor*

3CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all.

Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision.

Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 551

Cross Traffic Monitor*

Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.

The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.

551Continued* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*

552

D rivin

g

1Cross Traffic Monitor*

Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without an approaching vehicle under the following conditions: An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,

near your vehicles rear bumper, is blocking the radar sensors scope.

Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) or higher.

A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25 km/h).

The system picks up external interference such as other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.

Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt.

When there is bad weather. Your vehicle is on an incline. Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a

vehicle, and so on. The rear bumper or the sensors have been

improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 552

The system activates when: The power mode is in ON. The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.

2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 555

The transmission is in (R. Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or

lower.

When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.

The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle.

The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may not detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.

How the System Works

Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners

* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D

rivin g

1Cross Traffic Monitor*

The parking sensor systems alerting buzzer overrides the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors are detecting obstacles at the closest range.

Models with parking sensor system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 553

Continued 553* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*

554

D rivin

g

1When the System Detects a Vehicle

If the on the lower right changes to in amber when the transmission is in (R, mud snow or ice, etc. may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary.

If the comes on when the transmission is in (R, there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

If the display remains the same with the transmission in (R, there may be a problem with the rear camera system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 554

An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the information screen.

When the System Detects a Vehicle

Wide ViewNormal View

Arrow Icon

Models with multi-view rear camera system

Top Down View

Rear Normal ViewRear Wide ViewRear Ground View

Arrow Icon

Models with surround view camera system

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 555

You can switch on and off the system using the information screen.

2 Customized Features P. 358

Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off

icon

555

556

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 556

Multi-View Rear Camera*

1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are.

Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle.

If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.

You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic Guideline settings.

2 Customized Features P. 358

Fixed Guideline On: Guidelines appear when you put the transmission into (R. Off: Guidelines do not appear. Dynamic Guideline On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel direction. Off: Guidelines do not move.

About Your Multi-View Rear Camera The information screen can display your vehicles rear view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R .

Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area

Guidelines

Bumper

Camera

Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Tailgate Open Range

Approx. 39 inches (1 m)

Wide View Mode

Normal View Mode

Top Down View Mode

Approx. 39 inches (1 m) Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Tailgate Open Range

* Not available on all models

uuMulti-View Rear Camera*uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera D

rivin g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 557

You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Press the selector knob to switch the mode.

: Wide view mode : Normal view mode : Top down view mode

If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .

If Top down view mode was last used before you turned the power mode to OFF, Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the transmission into (R.

If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change from (R, Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .

557

558

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 558

Surround View Camera System*

1Surround View Camera System*

3WARNING Failure to visually assess the area around the vehicle (directly or by use of the mirrors) may result in a crash causing serious injury or death.

The areas shown in the surround view camera system display are limited. The display may not show all pedestrians or other objects around your vehicle.

Do not solely rely only on the surround view camera system display to assess whether it is safe to move your vehicle.

3WARNING Failure to pay proper attention to your surroundings while driving may result in a crash causing serious injury or death.

To help mitigate the chances of a collision, only look at the surround view camera system display when it is safe to do so.

Is a four camera system that views areas commonly known as blind spots from different angles, then displays the images on the information screen. This system can be used to: Check the right and left sides of the vehicle while crossing at intersections with

poor visibility (fog, heavy rain, obstructed view, etc.). 2 Checking from the front wide view at intersections P. 566

Check for obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking or maneuvering in confined areas.

2 Checking the sides of your vehicle P. 566

Check for obstacles when you are moving in (R . 2 Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle P. 562

Assist you when backing into or parallel parking the vehicle in a lined parking space.

2 Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 563 2 Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 564

* Not available on all models

uuSurround View Camera System*uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras D

rivin g

1Surround View Camera System*

The surround view camera system does not eliminate all blind spots. The system is for your convenience only.

Always keep the camera lenses clean and free from debris.

The system is disabled when the gear position is in (R.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 559

Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

For frontal views: Press the CAMERA button when the vehicle is stationary or moving at 7 mph (12 km/h) or slower. Press the button again to switch camera views.

For rear reviews: Change the gear position to (R when the vehicle is stationary. Press the CAMERA button to switch to rear view mode.

You can customize the display setting. 2 Customized Features P. 358

CAMERA Button

559Continued* Not available on all models

560

uuSurround View Camera System*uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 560

Camera Locations and Images

Ground View An overhead view created by the combination of images captured by four cameras.

Left and Right Side View

Front Ground View

Right Side View

Front Wide View

Sideview Camera (Passenger side)

Sideview Camera (Driver side)

The unique surround view camera lenses make distances appear differently than they actually are - objects seen on the information screen may appear closer or further away, and may be distorted. This becomes more apparent the further away an object is from your vehicle.

CAMERA Button

Rear Ground View

Rear Wide View

Rear Normal View

CAMERA Button

CAMERA Button

CAMERA Button

Press and hold CAMERA button.

CAMERA Button

CAMERA Button

Rearview Camera

Front-view Camera

uuSurround View Camera System*uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras D

rivin g

1Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

Operating the audio system while the surround view camera system screen is displayed cancels the surround view camera system screen and starts up the audio system screen.

If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle speed is more than 9 mph (15 km/h), the standby screen appears. When Show Camera When Decelerating is on, and the vehicle speed is reduced below 7 mph (12 km/h), the screen switches to a surround view camera system image.

2 Customized Features P. 358

1Reference Lines and Guides

The positions/distances indicated by the guide lines and camera views on the display may differ from the actual positions/distances due to the changes in the vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors. The guide lines should be used as a reference only.

The guide lines can be turned on and off using the information screen.

2 Customized Features P. 358

If you turn the guide lines off, they remain off until you turn them back on.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 561

Following can be displayed when the system is on. Guide lines: Help you to get a sense of a distance between your vehicle and the rear surroundings. The distance may appear differently than the actual distance. Projection lines: Indicate vehicle direction while the steering wheel is in the current position.

Depending on your parking situation, you can select Back-in Left Park Guidance, Back-in Right Park Guidance, Left Parallel Park Guidance, or Right Parallel Park Guidance from Camera Menu to display:

Initial position guide: Marks the point where your vehicle is headed when reversing. Steering position alignment guide: Indicates when to change the steering wheel position.

Reference Lines and Guides

561

562

uuSurround View Camera System*uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

D rivin

g

1When Parking Your Vehicle

The ground view can be displayed even with the door mirrors folded. However, the viewable angle and blind spot change. Do not refer to the surround view camera system when the door mirrors are folded.

FoldedNot folded

1Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle

When changing the gear position from/to (R, you may experience a delay in switching between the information screen and a rear view image.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 562

When Parking Your Vehicle

The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is changed to (R .

Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle

Rear Wide ViewRear Normal View Rear Ground View

When the steering wheel is turned more than 90 degrees.

The projection lines appear approx. 16 inches (40 cm) outside the vehicle body.

Blind spots appear in black.

Press the CAMERA button.

Approximate distances the guide lines indicate

Approximate distances the projection lines indicate

39 inches (1 m)20 inches (50 cm)

39 inches (1 m)

uuSurround View Camera System*uWhen Parking Your Vehicle D

rivin g

1Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines

If the steering position alignment guide does not fit in the parking lines, the parking space is too small for the vehicle.

Reference lines can be useful only when the parking space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces are within the spaces.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 563

1. With your vehicle at a complete stop, press the CAMERA button, then press the ENTER/MENU button. Rotate to select Back-in Left Park Guidance or Back-in Right Park Guidance. Press .

2. Move the vehicle forward perpendicular to the parking space and stop where the initial positioning guide in the display is at the center of the parking space.

3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger side) at a stop. u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.

4. Slowly move the vehicle forward. u Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide enters the parking space.

5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger side) at a stop. Start reversing the vehicle slowly.

6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines. 7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly

until it is parked within the space.

Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines

Must be wider than approx. 8 feet (2.5 m)

The initial positioning guide must come here.

Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)

Make sure the guides are within the parking space when reversing.

Initial Positioning Guide

Steering Position Alignment Guide

A

B C

Steering position alignment guide enters the parking space. (Step 4)

Continued 563

uuSurround View Camera System*uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

564

D rivin

g

1Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines

Reference lines can be useful only when the parking space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces are within the spaces.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 564

1. Press the CAMERA button, then press the ENTER/MENU button. Rotate to select Left Parallel Park Guidance or Right Parallel Park Guidance. Press .

2. Move the vehicle forward parallel to the parking space and stop when the initial positioning guide shown in the display overlaps the front corner of the space.

3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger side) at a stop. u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.

4. Slowly reverse the vehicle. u Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide overlaps the

sideline of the parking space. 5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger

side) at a stop. Reverse the vehicle slowly. 6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines. 7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly

until it is parked within the space.

Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines

Initial Positioning Guide

Steering Position Alignment Guide

Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)

Must be wider than approx. 8 feet (2.5 m)

Must be longer than approx. 21 feet (6.5 m)

A

B C Initial positioning guide overlaps the front corner of the space. (Step 2)

uuSurround View Camera System*uWhen Parking Your Vehicle D

rivin g

1Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle

When the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h), the front or side view on the screen automatically switches to the information screen. The front or side view screen resumes when Show Camera When Decelerating is on, and the vehicle speed is reduced below 7 mph (12 km/h).

2 Customized Features P. 358

0 mph (0 km/h)

Down Up

Camera Screen

Camera Screen*1

Information Screen

Information Screen

9 mph (15 km/h)

7 mph (12 km/h)0 mph (0 km/h)

*1: When Show Camera When Decelerating is on.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 565

You can display the front ground view screen using all the four cameras for the system. Pressing the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is at below 7 mph (12 km/h) changes the image as follows.

Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle

Side View

Front Wide View Front Ground View

Press and hold the CAMERA button.

A Combined Image of Both Side Views

Approximate distance the reference line indicates. Blind spots

appear in black. Projection lines appear.

Press the CAMERA button.

When the steering wheel is turned more than 90 degrees.

approx. 3 feet (1 m)

Continued 565

uuSurround View Camera System*uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

566

D rivin

g

1Checking from the front wide view at intersections

The front wide view image is a wide-angled view. The displayed image will be largely distorted, and objects may appear closer or more distant than they actually are.

1Checking the sides of your vehicle

When the door mirrors are folded, the side views cannot be displayed.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 566

Checking from the front wide view at intersections The front wide view screen is useful when you need to check for vehicles crossing from either direction at an intersection with poor visibility.

Checking the sides of your vehicle The side view screens are convenient when you pull over at a curb or tollbooth, or slowly pass by oncoming vehicles on a narrow road.

The angle provided by the front wide view screen is 180 degrees.

Front Wide View Screen When the vehicle speed is below 7 mph (12 km/h), press the CAMERA button repeatedly until the front wide view comes on.

Side View Screen

12 inches (30 cm)

12 inches (30 cm)

Press and hold the CAMERA button.

Approximate distance the projection lines indicate is 12 inches (30 cm) from the vehicle.

Side Views The images from the side cameras.

12 inches (30 cm)

uuSurround View Camera System*uWhen Parking Your Vehicle D

rivin g

Solutions

ot use the surround view camera system but rely on visual confirmation until the conditions allow ystem to work properly.

n camera lenses with a soft cloth moisturized with r, mild detergent or glass cleaner.

off the screen using a soft dry cloth.

ot use the surround view camera system and act a dealer.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 567

The system may not work properly under the following conditions.

Surround View Camera System Limitations

Conditions

The images may not appear clearly when:

You activate the system in bad weather (heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) or in the dark.

Camera temperatures are high. A sudden change between light and dark such as an

entrance or exit of a tunnel. You drive into the sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk.)

Do n only the s

A camera lens is covered with dirt, moisture, or debris.

A camera lens is scratched.

Clea wate

The information screen is dirty. Wipe

A camera angle is altered.

A camera or the area around the camera has been severely impacted.

Do n cont

An error message is displayed while the surround view camera system is in use.

567

568

D rivin

g

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 568

Refueling

1Fuel Information

NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available.

Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline.

Fuel Information Fuel recommendation

Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.

Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of todays advanced engines.

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system.

For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 liters)

Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel D

rivin g

1How to Refuel

The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon fuel for other uses) or other non-service station devices can damage the area in and around the filler opening.

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature.

If the fuel filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pumps fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.

3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel.

Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away.

Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 569

How to Refuel Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler nozzle.

1. Stop your vehicle with the service station pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear.

2. Turn off the engine. 3. Press the fuel fill door release button. u The fuel fill door opens.

Press

569Continued

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

570

D rivin

g

1How to Refuel

Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity.

If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.

2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 669

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 570

4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the filler

nozzle goes down along with the filler pipe.

u Keep the filler nozzle level. u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will

click off automatically. u After filling, wait about five seconds

before removing the filler nozzle. 5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 571

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions

D

rivin g

1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions

Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving.

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

Miles driven Gallons of fuel

Miles per Gallon

100 Liter Kilometers L per 100 km

Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the MID. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal. Maintain the specified tire pressure. Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicles underside

adds weight and increases wind resistance.

Maintenance and Fuel Economy

571

572

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 572

* Not available on all m

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 573

Maintenance

This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 574 Safety When Performing Maintenance..575 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service...576

Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 577 Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 581 Opening the Hood ........................... 582 Engine Compartment Cover............. 583 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 584 Oil Check......................................... 585 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 586 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter...587

odels

Engine Coolant ................................ 589 Transmission Fluid............................ 591 Brake Fluid....................................... 592 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 592

Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 593 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades...598 Checking and Maintaining Tires

Checking Tires ................................. 602 Tire and Loading Information Label .. 603 Tire Labeling .................................... 603 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 605 Wear Indicators................................ 607 Tire Service Life ................................ 607

Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 608 Tire Rotation.................................... 609 Winter Tires ..................................... 610

Battery............................................... 611 Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery ........... 613 Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care* ........................... 615

Climate Control System Maintenance ..617 Cleaning

Interior Care .................................... 618 Exterior Care.................................... 620

Accessories and Modifications ........ 623

573

574

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 574

Before Performing Maintenance

1Inspection and Maintenance

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are certified to EPA standards.

According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display (MID).

2 Maintenance Service Items P. 579

If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.honda.com.

2 Authorized Manuals P. 682

If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet.

U.S. models

Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information.

Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling.

Periodic inspections Check the brake fluid level monthly.

2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 592

Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602

Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 593

Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 598

Types of Inspection and Maintenance

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance M

ain ten

an ce

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

3WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owners manual.

3WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owners manual.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 575

Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task.

To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts.

Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.

To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline.

Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air.

Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.

The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and

the engine is off. Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before

touching vehicle parts. Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away

from moving parts. u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function* is activated.

Maintenance Safety

Vehicle Safety

575* Not available on all models

576

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

M ain

ten an

ce

1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may damage the engine cover and component parts.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 576

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 577

Maintenance MinderTM

M

ain ten

an ce

1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information

Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage.

There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the MID.

2 Maintenance Service Items P. 579

Displayed Engine Oil Life (%)

Calculated Engine Oil Life (%)

100 100 to 91 90 90 to 81 80 80 to 71 70 70 to 61 60 60 to 51 50 50 to 41 40 40 to 31 30 30 to 21 20 20 to 16 15 15 to 11 10 10 to 6 5 5 to 1 0 0

If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear on the multi-information display (MID) every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.

To Use Maintenance MinderTM

Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the MID. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until the engine oil life appears on

the MID.

Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information

Remaining Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Service Items

Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls

577Continued

578

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 578

The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display (MID)

Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information

Maintenance Due Soon 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by rolling the multi-function steering-wheel controls, this message will go off.

The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon.

Maintenance Due Now 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to switch to another display.

The engine oil has almost reached the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible.

Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has passed its service life, and a negative distance appears after driving over 10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Roll the multi- function steering wheel control to switch to another display.

The engine oil life has passed. The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately.

U.S. Canada

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M

ain ten

an ce

1Maintenance Service Items

Independent of the Maintenance Minder information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.

us areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission uires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission 00 miles (48,000 km). in very high temperatures (over 110F, 43C), in very low temperatures (under e every 60,000 miles/100,000 km. us areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher level of ress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, luid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

Maintenance Sub Items te tires ace air cleaner element*2

ace dust and pollen filter*3

ct drive belt ace transmission and transfer* fluid*4

ace spark plugs ace timing belt and inspect water pump*5

ct valve clearance ace engine coolant ace rear differential fluid*, *6

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 579

Maintenance Service Items

Maintenance Minder MessageSystem Message Indicator

Sub Items

Main Item

*1: If the message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.

# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and

from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

CODE Maintenance Main Items A Replace engine oil*1

B Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Check expiration date for tire repair kit bottle*

Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system#

Inspect fuel lines and connections#

*4: Driving in mountaino temperature. This req Maintenance Minder. fluid changed at 30,0

*5: If you drive regularly -20F, -29C), replac

*6: Driving in mountaino mechanical (Shear) st recommended by the have the differential f

CODE 1 Rota 2 Repl

Repl Inspe

3 Repl 4 Repl

Repl Inspe

5 Repl 6 Repl

579Continued* Not available on all models

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

580

M ain

ten an

ce

1Resetting the Display

NOTICE Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems.

The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

You can reset the engine oil life display using the audio/information screen.

2 Customized Features P. 358

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 580

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.

1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Go to the Maintenance Info. group.

2 Customized Features P. 126

3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls. u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the MID.

4. Select Reset with the multi-function steering-wheel controls, then push the multi-function steering wheel control. u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display

returns to 100%. u To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the multi-function

steering-wheel controls.

Resetting the Display

Remaining Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Service Items

Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 581

Maintenance Under the Hood

M

ain ten

an ce

Brake Fluid (Black Cap)

Battery

Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Washer Fluid

Radiator Cap

Engine Coolant Reserve Tank

Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)

Engine Oil Fill Cap

581

582

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

M ain

ten an

ce

1Opening the Hood

NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised: The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.

Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may damage the engine cover and component parts.

When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 582

Opening the Hood 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set

the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the

drivers side lower corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly.

3. Push the hood latch lever (located under the front edge of the hood to the center) to the side and raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.

4. Lift the hood up most of the way. u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the

rest of the way and hold it up.

When closing, lower it to approximately 12 inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with your hands.

Hood Release Handle

Pull

Lever

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 583

Engine Compartment Cover The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover. You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work. Pull up on the engine compartment cover carefully until all pins are removed from their grommets.

Remove the Engine Compartment Cover

583

584

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

M ain

ten an

ce

1Recommended Engine Oil

Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 584

Recommended Engine Oil

Oil is a major contributor to your engines performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institutes latest requirements.

Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown.

Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade.

Genuine Acura Motor Oil Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the

container.

Ambient Temperature

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check M

ain ten

an ce

1Oil Check

If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil, being careful not to overfill.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 585

Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil.

1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or

paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its

hole.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

Lower Mark

Upper Mark

585

586

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

M ain

ten an

ce

1Adding Engine Oil

NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and engine damage.

If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 586

Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten

it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the

engine oil dipstick.

Engine Oil Fill Cap

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter M

ain ten

an ce

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 587

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engines lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.

Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi- information display.

1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap.

3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container.

Drain Bolt

Washer

587Continued

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

588

M ain

ten an

ce

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.

When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter.

Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 588

4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil.

5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it.

6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to

the filter gasket. 7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then

reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque:

29 lbfft (39 Nm, 4.0 kgfm) 8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the

engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including

filter): 5.7 US qt (5.4 L)

9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine.

10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter.

11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil.

Oil Filter

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant M

ain ten

an ce

1Engine Coolant

NOTICE Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at temperatures as low as about 31F (35C). If your vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for details.

If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicles cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components.

3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 589

Engine Coolant

This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water.

We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.

2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. u If the coolant level is below the MIN

mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. 2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 583

3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2

Reserve Tank

MAX

MIN

589Continued

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

590

M ain

ten an

ce

1Radiator

NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 590

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.

2. Remove the engine compartment cover. 2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 583

3. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter- clockwise and relieve any pressure in the cooling system.

4. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it.

5. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.

6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully.

Radiator

Radiator Cap

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid M

ain ten

an ce

1Automatic Transmission Fluid

NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicles transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 3.1 (or higher) is not covered by Acuras new vehicle limited warranty.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 591

Transmission Fluid

Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.

Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.1 or higher

591

592

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid

M ain

ten an

ce

1Brake Fluid

NOTICE Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicles braking system and can cause extensive damage.

If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement.

Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.

If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible.

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid

NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicles paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump.

Use only commercially available windshield washer fluid. Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime scale build up.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 592

Brake Fluid

The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reserve tank.

Refilling Window Washer Fluid If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the MID. Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.

Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Checking the Brake Fluid

Brake Reserve Tank

MIN

MAX

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 593

Replacing Light Bulbs

M

ain ten

an ce

1Headlights

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

Headlights Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Front Turn Signal/Parking, Daytime Running and Front Side Marker Lights Front turn signal/parking, daytime running and front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Fog Lights*

Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

593* Not available on all models

594

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 594

Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the cover. u Starting at the bottom, carefully pull the

cover straight out, working upward until all pins are removed from their grommets.

u The grommets should remain in the body.

2. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove the bolts.

3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.

Brake Light: 21 W Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W

Bolts

uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights/Rear Side Marker Lights M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 595

4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it. Remove the old bulb.

5. Insert a new bulb. 6. Slide the light assembly onto the guide on

the body. 7. Align the pins with the body grommets,

then push in until they fully seat.

Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights Taillights/rear side marker lights are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Bulb Socket

595

596

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 596

Back-Up Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge using a flat-tip screwdriver. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth

to prevent scratches.

2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and remove it. Remove the old bulb.

3. Insert a new bulb.

Taillights Taillights are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Back-Up Light: 21 W

Bulb

Socket

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Lights M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 597

Rear License Plate Lights Rear license plate lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

High-Mount Brake Light High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Puddle Lights*

Puddle lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

597* Not available on all models

598

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 598

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades

1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber

NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.

Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the

passenger side.

2. Pry on the edge of the lock tab using a flat- tip screwdriver to push it up. Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratches.

3. Slide the holder off the wiper arm.

Lock Tab

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 599

4. Slide the wiper blade out of the holder by pulling the tabbed end out.

5. Remove the retainers from the wiper blade that has been removed, and mount to a new wiper blade. u Correctly align the wiper blade

protrusion and the retainer grooves.

6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder from the bottom end. u The tab on the holder should fit in the

indent of the wiper blade. 7. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm, then

push down the lock tab. 8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,

then the driver side.

Blade

Retainer

Blade

599

600

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber

M ain

ten an

ce

1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber

NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm, it may damage the rear window.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 600

Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Raise the wiper arm off.

2. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with the indent.

3. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and mount to a new rubber blade.

Blade

Retainer

Rubber

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 601

4. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder. u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then

install the wiper blade assembly onto the wiper arm.

601

602

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 602

Checking and Maintaining Tires

1Checking Tires

Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached.

If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 46 psi (3040 kPa, 0.30.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold.

Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced.

3WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance.

Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the drivers doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.

Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating.

Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly.

Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare*. Even tires in good condition can lose 12 psi (1020 kPa, 0.10.2 kgf/cm2) per month.

Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,

splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. Excessive tread wear.

2 Wear Indicators P. 607

Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

* Not available on all models

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label M

ain ten

an ce

1Tire and Loading Information Label

The tire and loading information label attached to the drivers doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not

exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and

spare.

1Tire Sizes

Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. P235/60R18 102V P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle). 235: Tire width in millimeters. 60: Aspect ratio (the tires section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 18: Rim diameter in inches. 102: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating).

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 603

Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the drivers doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information.

Tire Labeling The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described below.

Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

Label Example

Example Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN)

Maximum Tire Load

Maximum Tire Pressure

Tire Size

Tire Sizes

603Continued

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

604

M ain

ten an

ce

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)

DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturers identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture.

Year Week

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 604

The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

Cold Tire Pressure The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

Tire Identification Number (TIN)

Glossary of Tire Terminology

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) M

ain ten

an ce

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 605

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Treadwear

605Continued

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

606

M ain

ten an

ce

1Traction

Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

1Temperature

Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 606

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Traction

Temperature

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators M

ain ten

an ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 607

Wear Indicators The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads.

Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare*, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

Example of a Wear Indicator mark

607* Not available on all models

608

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

M ain

ten an

ce

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

3WARNING Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owners manual.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 608

Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tires sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) system to work incorrectly.

It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isnt possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs.

If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle. Make sure that the wheels specifications match those of the original wheels.

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation M

ain ten

an ce

1Tire Rotation

Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Front

Rotation Mark

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 609

Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the MID helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.

Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.

Front

Front

609

610

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

M ain

ten an

ce

1Winter Tires

NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicles brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle.

When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturers instructions regarding vehicle operational limits.

If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer.

3WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 610

Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving.

Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding.

Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.

When mounting, refer to the following points.

For winter tires: Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: Install them on the front tires only. Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the

chains listed below:

Follow the chain manufacturers instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can.

Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. Drive slowly.

Cable-type: SCC Cable Chain Super Z LT - ZT735

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 611

Battery

M

ain ten

an ce

1Battery

WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling.

When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion.

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Consult a dealer for more information.

3WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation.

A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you.

When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it.

Checking the Battery The condition of the battery is monitored by a sensor located on the negative terminal of the battery. If there is a problem with this sensor, the multi-information display (MID) will display a warning message. If this happens, have you vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly.

If your vehicles battery is disconnected or goes dead: The audio system is disabled.

2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 236

The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 138

The navigation system* is disabled. 2 Refer to navigation system manual

Charging the Battery*

Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicles electrical system. Always disconnect the negative () cable first, and reconnect it last.

Battery

611* Not available on all models

612

uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery*

M ain

ten an

ce

1Battery

The battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 612

Charging the AGM Battery*

AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to charge your vehicles AGM battery, consult a dealer.

* Not available on all models

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 613

Remote Transmitter Care

M

ain ten

an ce

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.

Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer.

3WARNING CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD The battery that powers the remote transmitter can cause severe internal burns and can even lead to death if swallowed. Keep new and used batteries away from children. If you suspect that a child has swallowed the battery, seek medical attention immediately.

Replacing the Button Battery

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key.

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the

buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the transmitter. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

Models without remote control engine start system

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

613Continued

uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery

614

M ain

ten an

ce

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years.

Models with remote control engine start system

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 614

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key. u As a convenience, lightly place masking

tape over the remote buttons to hold them in place.

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the transmitter. 3. Press down on the center of the assembly

and remove the battery. u When removing the button battery, be

careful not to touch parts around it. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

Models with remote control engine start system

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 615

Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care*

M

ain ten

an ce

1Replacing the Battery

NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.

Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer.

3WARNING CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD The battery that powers the remote control can cause severe internal burns and can even lead to death if swallowed. Keep new and used batteries away from children. If you suspect that a child has swallowed the battery, seek medical attention immediately.

Replacing the Battery

If it takes several pushes on the remote control buttons to operate the rear entertainment system, replace the battery.

1. Remove the cover. 2. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

Remote Control

Models with Rear Entertainment System

Battery type: BR3032

615Continued* Not available on all models

616

uuRemote Control and Wireless Headphone Care*uReplacing the Battery

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 616

If there is no sound coming from the wireless headphone, replace the battery.

1. Remove the screw.

2. Open the cover. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

Wireless Headphone

Battery type: AAA

Cover

Battery

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 617

Climate Control System Maintenance

M

ain ten

an ce

1Dust and Pollen Filter

If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.

Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.

We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

617

618

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 618

Cleaning

1Interior Care

Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them.

Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer.

Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline.

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them away using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.

Cleaning Seat Belts

Opening

uuCleaninguInterior Care M

ain ten

an ce

1Cleaning the Window

Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them.

Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor*.

2 Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) P. 174

2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers* P. 181 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 487

1Floor Mats

If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere with the front seat functions.

1Maintaining Genuine Leather

It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the leather. In addition, please note that some dark colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats resulting in discoloration or stains.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 619

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

The front and second row passengers floor mats hook over floor anchors, which keep them from sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mats.

To properly clean leather: 1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust. 2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%

water and 10% neutral soap. 3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth. 4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.

Cleaning the Window

Floor Mats

Lock

Unlock

Maintaining Genuine Leather

619* Not available on all models

620

uuCleaninguExterior Care

M ain

ten an

ce

1Washing the Vehicle

Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction.

Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel system or engine.

Air Intake Vents

1Using an Automated Car Wash

When using an automated car wash that pulls the vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is in car wash mode.

2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 476

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 620

Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: If driving on roads with road salt. If driving in coastal areas. If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. Fold in the door mirrors. For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.

Washing the Vehicle

Using an Automated Car Wash

uuCleaninguExterior Care M

ain ten

an ce

1Applying Wax

NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe away spills immediately.

1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 621

Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to

enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,

use low pressure water and a mild detergent.

A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicles paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicles paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary.

If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

Using High Pressure Cleaners

Applying Wax

Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Cleaning the Window

Continued 621

622

uuCleaninguExterior Care

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 622

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish, the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains, wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.

The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Maintaining Aluminum Wheels

Fogged Exterior Light Lenses

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 623

Accessories and Modifications

M

ain ten

an ce

1Accessories and Modifications

Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

3WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicles handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding accessories and modifications.

Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and

delay your reaction to driving conditions. Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs

of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicles airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.

Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle.

2 Fuses P. 658

Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.

623

624

uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications

M ain

ten an

ce

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 624

Modifications Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar effect.

Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.

The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely affect the vehicles electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.

Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.

* Not available on all m

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 625

Handling the Unexpected

This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools Types of Tools .................................. 626

If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire* ....................... 627 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*..... 634

Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine........................ 646 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ............................................. 647

Emergency Engine Stop ................... 648 Jump Starting.................................... 649

odels

Overheating How to Handle Overheating............. 651

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On...653 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ................................................. 653

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 654

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On ................................................... 655

If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On........... 655

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 657

If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message...... 657

Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 658 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 665

Emergency Towing........................... 666 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door.. 667 When You Cannot Open the Tailgate ..668 Refueling........................................... 669

Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container.. 669

625

626

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 626

Tools

1Types of Tools

The tools are stored in the cargo area.

Types of Tools

Wheel Nut Wrench/Jack Handle

Jack

Jack Handle Bar

Models with a compact spare tire

Towing Hook Funnel

Funnel

Tool Case

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 627

If a Tire Goes Flat

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Changing a Flat Tire*

Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)

When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full-size tire as soon as possible.

The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.

Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire.

Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle (if equipped). If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.

Changing a Flat Tire*

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced.

1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

627Continued* Not available on all models

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire*

628

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Changing a Flat Tire*

NOTICE Do not use the jack if it doesnt work properly. Call your dealer or a professional towing service.

The wheel nut wrench supplied with your vehicle is specially adapted to fit the holder shaft. Do not use any other tool.

The subwoofer is located on the rear right side. Do not store anything in this area. Doing so may compromise vehicle audio performance.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 628

1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the floor lid and open the lid.

2. Take out the cargo floor box.

3. Take the jack, wheel nut wrench, and jack handle bar out of the tool case.

Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire

Handle

Cargo Floor Box

Tool Case

* Not available on all models

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire* H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 629

4. Remove the cover on the cargo area lining to access the shaft for the spare tire hoist.

5. Put the wheel nut wrench with the jack handle bar on the hoist shaft. Turn the wrench to the left to lower the spare tire to the ground.

6. Keep turning the wheel nut wrench to create slack in the cable.

7. Remove the bracket from the spare tire.

Cover

Jack Handle Bar

Wheel Nut Wrench

Bracket

629Continued

630

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire*

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 630

8. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

9. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up) under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced.

10. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench.

Wheel Blocks

The tire to be replaced.

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire* H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1How to Set Up the Jack

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle.

Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (load) or may not fit the jacking point.

The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: Do not use while the engine is running. Use only where the ground is firm and level. Use only at the jacking points. Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. Do not put anything on top of or underneath the

jack.

3WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath.

Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and no person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 631

1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed.

2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is

resting in the jack notch.

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground.

How to Set Up the Jack

Jacking Points

Jack Handle Bar Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle

Continued 631

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire*

632

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Replacing the Flat Tire

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 632

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth.

3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the

lips around the mounting holes, then stop rotating.

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 94 lbfft (127 Nm, 13.0 kgfm)

Replacing the Flat Tire

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire* H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Storing the Flat Tire

3WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants. Store the jack and tools securely before driving.

1TPMS and the Spare Tire

The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct.

Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 633

1. Remove the center cap. 2. Place the flat tire face up under the hoist. 3. Insert the hoist bracket into the center hole

of the flat tire. 4. Slowly turn the wheel nut wrench clockwise

to take up the hoist cable slack. Make sure the bracket is seated in the center hole of the flat tire.

5. Turn the wheel nut wrench with the jack handle bar clockwise until the flat tire rests against the underbody of the vehicle and you hear the hoist click.

6. Securely store the jack and wheel nut wrench and jack handle bar back in the tool case. Store the case in the cargo area.

If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display (MID), but this is normal.

If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the MID and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).

Storing the Flat Tire

Center Cap

Wheel Nut Wrench

Jack Handle Bar

TPMS and the Spare Tire

633

634

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*

The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistance to have the vehicle towed. The tire sealant has expired. More than one tire is punctured. The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4mm). The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is

outside the contact area.

Damage has been caused by driving with the tire extremely under inflated.

The tire bead is no longer seated. The rim is damaged.

Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit.

NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.

When the puncture is: Kit Use

Smaller than 3/16 inch (4 mm)

Yes

Larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm)

No

Contact Area

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 634

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*

If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair.

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.

1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.

2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

* Not available on all models

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.

When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 635

Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Pressure Relief Button

AIR

Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label

Pressure Gauge

Power Plug

Instruction Manual

Sealant/Air Hose

Inflator Switch

REPAIR

Continued 635

636

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 636

1. Pull the handle on the cargo area floor lid and open the lid.

2. Take out the cargo floor box.

3. Take the kit out of the case. 4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.

Handle

Cargo Floor Box

Case Tire Repair Kit

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using.

The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately.

3WARNING Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.

If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get medical attention immediately.

For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water and get medical attention if necessary.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 637

1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.

2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging.

3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Injecting Sealant and Air

Valve Stem

Valve Cap

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

Sealant/Air Hose

Continued 637

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*

638

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.

There are three accessory power sockets: In the console compartment In the front of the center pocket In the left side panel in the cargo area

2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 213

Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete.

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 638

4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 213

5. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting

sealant and air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 74

6. Turn the selector switch to REPAIR.

REPAIR

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

If the required air pressure is not reached within 10 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle will need to be towed.

See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 639

7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant

and air into the tire. u When the sealant injection is complete,

continue to add air. 8. After the air pressure reaches 35 psi (240

kPa), turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn

off the compressor and read the gauge. 9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory

power socket. 10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

11. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

Pressure Gauge

ON

OFF

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

Pressure Relief Button

Continued 639

640

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 640

12. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown.

13. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to

ensure the label adheres properly.

1. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes. u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

2. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.

Speed Restriction Label

Repair Notification Label

Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 641

3. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/ air hose on the compressor.

4. Turn the selector switch to AIR. u Do not turn the air compressor on to

check the pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 643

5. If the air pressure is Less than 25 psi (175 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed.

2 Emergency Towing P. 666

35 psi (240 kPa) or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u If the air pressure does not go down after

the 10 minute driving, you do not need to check the pressure any more.

Sealant/Air Hose

AIR

ON

641Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*

642

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 642

Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less than 35 psi (240 kPa):

Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 35 psi (240 kPa).

2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 643

Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u You should repeat this procedure as long

as the air pressure is within this range. 6. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

7. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

8. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 643

You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Open the cargo area floor lid.

2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 635

2. Remove the kit from the case. 3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.

4. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit.

5. Remove the valve cap.

6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

Air Only Hose

Valve Cap

Valve Stem

Air Only Hose

Continued 643

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire*

644

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 644

7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 213

8. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting

air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 74

9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. 10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.

u The compressor starts to inject air into the tire.

11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.

AIR

ON

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire* H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 645

12. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air

compressor. u If overinflated, press the pressure relief

button. 13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power

socket. 14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 15. Press the pressure relief button until the

gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

645

646

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 646

Engine Does Not Start

cklist

tton message appears eak P. 647 perating range. ange P. 169

ess. at all

P. 658

e again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 465

g, the engine cannot be started.

Gauge P. 119

dealer.

1Checking the Engine

If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.

2 Jump Starting P. 649

Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter.

Starter condition Che Starter doesnt turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.

Check for a message on the MID. If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Bu

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is W uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its o

2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating R Check the brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightn If the interior lights are dim or do not come on

2 Battery P. 611 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses

The starter turns over normally but the engine doesnt start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.

Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engin Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinkin

2 Immobilizer System P. 163

Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel

Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a

2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 665

If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 666

uuEngine Does Not Startu If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 647

If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display, and the indicator on the ENGINE START/ STOP button flashes, and the engine wont start, start the engine as follows:

1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The indicator flashes for about 30

seconds.

2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds while the indicator stays on. u If you dont depress the pedal, the mode

will change to ACCESSORY.

ENGINE START STOP

647

648

uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Emergency Engine Stop

Do not press the button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be turned off.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 648

Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times.

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place.

The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.

The gear position automatically changes to P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake pedal to change the mode to VEHICLE OFF.

U.S. models

Canadian models

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 649

Jump Starting

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Jump Starting

Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables.

Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.

3WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery.

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood.

1. Pull up on the engine cover, remove it from the pins. u Start on the passenger side and lift the

outermost edge of the cover. u Move towards the driver side while

applying uniform upward pressure.

2. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicles battery + terminal.

3. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery

charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15 volt. Check the charger manual for the proper setting.

4. Connect the second jumper cable to the booster battery - terminal.

Jump Starting Procedure

Engine Cover Pin

Booster Battery

649Continued

650

uuJump Startingu

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 650

5. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the engine hanger as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part.

6. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicles engine and increase its rpm slightly.

7. Attempt to start your vehicles engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

Once your vehicles engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order.

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -

terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +

terminal.

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

What to Do After the Engine Starts

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 651

Overheating

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1How to Handle Overheating

NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the mark may damage the engine.

3WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you.

Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.

H

How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses

power. The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears

on the multi-information display (MID). Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

First thing to do 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.

Then, open the hood.

H

651Continued

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

652

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1How to Handle Overheating

If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.

Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible.

Continuing to drive with the Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message on the multi-information display may damage the engine.

3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 652

Next thing to do 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and

stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle comes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating,

immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect

the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is

low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.

u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on.

Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs.

Reserve Tank MAX MIN

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 653

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On

NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On

If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery.

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on. What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for approximately three minutes. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level.

2 Oil Check P. 585

3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator. u The indicator goes off: Start driving again. u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Immediately stop

the engine and contact a dealer for repairs.

If the Charging System Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.

653

654

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged.

If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 654

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control

system. Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

uu Indicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears.

If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 655

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on The brake fluid is low. There is a malfunction in the brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the

transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.

If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On

Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system. If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine

speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.

What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

U.S.

Canada

655

656

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On

If you apply the parking brake, it may not release.

If the electric parking brake indicator also turns on, the parking brake is still applied.

When the electric parking brake indicator blinks at the same time as the electric parking brake system indicator, the system must be checked. The parking brake may not operate under these conditions.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 656

If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On

Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when there is a problem with the electric parking brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on Avoid using the parking brake and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the electric parking brake indicator comes on

or blinks at the same time Release the parking brake.

2 Parking Brake P. 528

If the electric parking brake indicator remains on or blinks even after releasing the parking brake, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and call a dealer. u To prevent your vehicle from moving, change the gear position to

(P . If only the electric parking brake indicator goes off, immediately get

your vehicle inspected at a dealer.

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

TPMS Fill Assist provides visual and audible assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the power mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up or down, the system alerts you as follows: Below recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash once every five seconds. At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash rapidly for ~ five seconds. Above recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and lights flash twice every three seconds.

1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

You may not be able to start the engine.

Make sure to set the parking brake when parking your vehicle.

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

2 Emergency Towing P. 666

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 657

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS with Tire Fill Assist or the compact spare tire* is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. What to do when the indicator comes on Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver side doorjamb. What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire* causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).

If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

Reasons for the indicator to blink There is a problem with the transmission system. What to do when the indicator blinks Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Select (N after starting the engine. u Check if the (N position in the instrument panel and the indicator

on the (N button light/blink. u The engine cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is set.

2 Starting the Engine P. 465

657* Not available on all models

658

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 658

Fuses

Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set Circuit protected and fuse rating

the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.

Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type A

Tab

* Not available on all models

Circuit Protected Amps 1 STRLD*2 7.5 A 2 3 ACG FR 15 A 4 Washer 15 A 5 IG1 OP*1 (7.5 A) 6 ECU FR 7.5 A

7 VBSOL*1 (10 A) Starter*2 7.5 A

8 FI Sub 15 A 9 DBW 15 A 10 FI Main 15 A 11 IG Coil 15 A 12 DRL R 10 A 13 DRL L 10 A 14 Injector 20 A 15 Radio*1 20 A

*1:Models without Auto Idle Stop

*2:Models with Auto Idle Stop

16 Back Up 10 A 17 MG Clutch (7.5 A) 18 FR Fog* 7.5 A 19 20 H/L HI R 7.5 A 21 22 Small*1 10 A 23 24 H/L HI L 7.5 A 25 SBW 15 A 26 H/L LO R 10 A 27 H/L LO L 10 A 28 Oil LVL 7.5 A 29 Main Fan 30 A 30 Sub Fan 30 A 31 Wiper Main 30 A

Circuit Protected Amps

uuFusesuFuse Locations H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 659

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Located near the battery. Push the tabs to open the box.

Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type B

Tab

* Not available on all models

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps 1 Main Fuse 150 A

2

VSA MTR 40 A VSA FSR 20 A

Stop&Horn Hazard*

30 A Hazard*

RR BLOWER&BMS 30 A DC/DC 3* 60 A RR F/B-2 60 A AS F/B-2 60 A

EPS 60 A

3

H/L Washer* (30 A) IG1B Main 30 A R/B Main 60 A DR F/B-1 50 A AS F/B-1 50 A RR F/B-1 60 A

IG1A Main 30 A DR F/B-2 50 A

4 FI Main 40 A 5 FR Blower 40 A 6 RR DEF 40 A 7 IG1 Main ST 30 A

8 Stop & Horn* 20 A

Stop* 10 A 9 Hazard 10 A

10 BMS 7.5 A 11 Small LT* 7.5 A

Circuit Protected Amps

659Continued

660

uuFusesuFuse Locations

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 660

Located near the + terminal on the battery.

Pull up the cover. Replacement of this fuse should be done by a dealer.

Fuse location is shown on the back of the positive battery terminal cover.

Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type C

Fuse Positive Battery Terminal Cover

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps Fan Main 60 A

uuFusesuFuse Locations H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 661

Located under the dashboard.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on the outer side of the side panel cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.

Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box Type A

Fuse Box

Fuse Label

* Not available on all models

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps 1 AS Door Lock 10 A 2 RR DR Door Lock 7.5 A 3 DR Door Lock 7.5 A 4 FR AS Door Unlock 10 A 5 RR DR Door Unlock 7.5 A 6 DR Door Unlock (7.5 A) 7 D/L Main 20 A 8 9 ETS TELE 20 A

10 IG1 RR 15 A

11 Meter*

7.5 A Shifter*

12 IG1 FR 20 A 13 ACC 7.5 A 14 15 DR P/Seat (SLI) 20 A 16 S/R 20 A

17 RR DR P/W 20 A 18 Smart 10 A 19 FR DR P/W 20 A 20 21 Fuel Pump 20 A 22 IG1 AS 15 A

23 ABS/VSA*

Smart* 7.5 A

24 ACG AS 7.5 A 25 STRLD* 7.5 A 26 IG2 HAC 7.5 A 27 DRL 7.5 A 28 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A 29 DR P/Seat (LUM) 7.5 A 30 INT Lights 7.5 A 31 ETS TILT 20 A 32 DR P/Seat (REC) 20 A 33 34

Circuit Protected Amps

661Continued

662

uuFusesuFuse Locations

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 662

Located under the type A drivers side interior fuse box. Take off the cover to open.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on the back side of the side panel cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.

Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box Type B*

Fuse Box Side Panel Cover

Fuse Label

* Not available on all models

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps 1 VST 1 30 A 2 Horn 10 A 3 VST 2 30 A 4 5 6 7 8 9 Meter 10 A 10 RES/CP/AA* 10 A 11 MICU 7.5 A 12 EPS/VSA 7.5 A 13 Audio/TCU 7.5 A 14 Back Up 10 A 15 Audio/ANC 20 A

uuFusesuFuse Locations H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 663

Located on the lower side panel. Take off the cover to open.

Fuse locations are shown on the cover.

Passengers Side Interior Fuse Box

Cover

Fuse Label

* Not available on all models

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps 1 EPTR* (30 A) 2 RR AS P/W 20 A 3 ACM 20 A 4 FR DEF* (15 A) 5 AVS Heated Seat 20 A 6 FR AS P/W 20 A 7 AS P/Seat (SLI) 20 A 8 AS P/Seat (REC) 20 A 9 AS P/Seat (LUM) (7.5 A)

10 Spare 5 A 11 Heated Steering* (10 A) 12 13

14 RR ACC Socket 20 A 15 FR ACC Socket 20 A 16 17 18 AMP 30 A 19 SRS 10 A 20 AS ECU 7.5 A 21 Option 7.5 A 22 23 24 OPDS 7.5 A 25 ILLUMI (INT) 5 A 26 EPTL* (30 A) 27 CTR ACC Socket 20 A 28 AC INVTR (30 A)

Circuit Protected Amps

663Continued

664

uuFusesuFuse Locations

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 664

Located on the left side of cargo area. Remove the cover by prying on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a

cloth to prevent scratches.

Fuse locations are shown on the cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number.

Rear Fuse Box

Fuse Label

Fuse Box Cover

* Not available on all models

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps 1 PTG Closer 20 A 2 3 USB CHARGE 15 A 4 Fuel Lid 7.5 A 5 Seat Slide 20 A 6 7 RR Heat Seat* (20 A) 8 9 10 11 12 Rear Wiper 10 A 13 Rear ECU 7.5 A 14 SH-AWD* (20 A) 15 EPB-R 30 A 16 EPB-L 30 A 17 18 PTG MTR 40 A

uuFusesu Inspecting and Changing Fuses H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses

NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system.

Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 658 to P. 664.

There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse box.

If the radio fuse is removed, the audio system will disable itself.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 665

Inspecting and Changing Fuses 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Check the large fuse in the engine

compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head

screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one.

4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with

the fuse puller and replace it with a new one.

Combined Fuse

Blown Fuse

Fuse Puller

Blown Fuse

665

666

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 666

Emergency Towing

1Emergency Towing

NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicles weight.

NOTICE Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission.

Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break.

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way to transport your vehicle.

Wheel lift equipment The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle.

All models

2WD models

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 667

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.

If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.

1. Open the tailgate. 2. Lift the cargo floor lid by the handle in the

center. 3. Remove the cargo floor box and set it aside. 4. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip

screwdriver. Put it into the cover slot as shown in the image, and remove the cover.

5. Pull the release lever toward you. u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door

when it is pulled.

What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

Cover

Release Lever

667

668

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 668

When You Cannot Open the Tailgate

1What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate

Following up: After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.

When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure there is enough space around the tailgate, and it does not hit anyone or any object.

If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure. 1. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip

screwdriver. Put it into the cover as shown in the image, and remove the cover.

2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate while sliding the lever to the right.

What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate

Cover

Lever

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 669

Refueling

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container

NOTICE Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or any funnel other than the one provided with your vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system. Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel system and its seal.

Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is gasoline before you refuel.

3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel.

Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away.

Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.

Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.

1. Turn off the engine. 2. Press the fuel fill door release button. u The fuel fill door opens.

3. Take the funnel out of its clip in the cargo area.

2 Types of Tools P. 626

4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the funnel

goes down along with the filler pipe. 5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel

container. u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.

6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck. u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before

storing it. 7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

Funnel

669

670

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 670

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 671

Information

This chapter includes your vehicles specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other

information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 672 Identification Numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number ......................................... 674

Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 675 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 677

Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 678

Warranty Coverages ........................ 680 Authorized Manuals......................... 682 Client Service Information ............... 683

671

672

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 672

Specifications

Vehicle Specifications

*1: Models with second row captain seat *2: Models with second row bench seat *3: 2WD models *4: AWD models

Model Acura MDX No. of Passengers: Front 2

Rear (2nd) 2*1

3*2

Rear (3rd) 2

Total 6*1

7*2

Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

U.S.: 5,368 lbs (2,435 kg)*3

5,677 lbs (2,575 kg)*4

Canada: 2,435 kg*3

2,575 kg*4

Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front)

U.S.: 2,811 lbs (1,275 kg)*3

2,910 lbs (1,320 kg)*4

Canada: 1,275 kg*3

1,320 kg*4

Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear)

U.S.: 2,734 lbs (1,240 kg)*3

2,965 lbs (1,345 kg)*4

Canada: 1,240 kg*3

1,345 kg*4

* Not available on all models

Air Conditioning

Engine Specifications

Fuel

Washer Fluid

Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a) Charge Quantity 23.8 25.6 oz (675 725 g) Lubricant Type PAG RL897

Quantity 7.75 9.33 cu-in (127 153 cm3) (20% RATIO)

Displacement 211.8 cu-in (3,471 cm3) Spark Plugs NGK DILZKR7B11G

Type Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher

Fuel Tank Capacity 19.5 US gal (73.8 L)

Tank Capacity U.S.: 4 US qt (3.8 L) Canada: 5.6 US qt (5.3 L)

Light Bulbs

Brake Fluid

Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED Fog Lights* LED Front Turn Signal/Side Marker/ Parking Lights

LED

Daytime Running Lights LED Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door Mirrors)

LED

Brake Lights 21 W Rear Side Marker Lights LED Taillights LED Back-Up Lights 21 W Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Lights LED Puddle Lights* LED Interior Lights

Front, Second Row and Third Row Lights

LED

Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W Door Inner Handle Lights LED Front and Rear* Console Compartment Lights

LED

Glove Box Light 1.4 W Foot Lights 5 W Cargo Area Lights 5 W

Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

uuSpecificationsu In

fo rm

atio n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 673

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Rear Differential Fluid*

Transfer Assembly Fluid*

Specified Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.1 or higher

Capacity Change 3.5 US qt (3.3 L)

Specified Acura DPSF-II Capacity Change 1.92 US qt (1.82 L)

Specified Acura Hypoid Gear Oil HGO-1 Capacity Change 0.45 US qt (0.43 L)

* Not available on all models

Engine Oil

Engine Coolant

Recommended Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil

Capacity

Change 5.4 US qt (5.1 L) Change including filter

5.7 US qt (5.4 L)

Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water

Capacity 1.96 US gal (7.40 L) (change including the remaining 0.22 US gal (0.82 L) in the reserve tank)

Tire

*1: Model with 18 inch wheel *2: Model with 20 inch wheel

Regular Size

245/60R18 105H*1

245/50R20 102H*2

Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])

35 (240 [2.4])

Compact Spare*

Size T165/80D17 104M Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])

60 (420 [4.2])

Wheel Size Regular

18 x 8J*1

20 x 8J*2

Compact Spare* 17 x 4T

673

674

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 674

Identification Numbers

1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number

The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover.

Cover

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicles VIN, engine number, and transmission number are shown as follows.

Vehicle Identification Number

Engine Number

Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number

Automatic Transmission Number

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 675

Devices that Emit Radio Waves

In

fo rm

atio n

The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.

Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below:

As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.

AcuraLink*

Audio System Blind Spot Information System*

Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth HandsFreeLink HomeLink Universal Transceiver Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM

Immobilizer System Remote Transmitter Keyless Access System Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

675Continued* Not available on all models

676

uuDevices that Emit Radio Wavesu

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 676

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

High-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz. These radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 677

Reporting Safety Defects

In

fo rm

atio n

In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.

In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.

To contact Transport Canadas Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety.

677

678

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 678

Emissions Testing

1Testing of Readiness Codes

The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions.

If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test.

If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer.

Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicles emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected.

To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40F and 95F (4C and 35C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20

seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there

for about 3 minutes. 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes In

fo rm

atio n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 679

7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).

8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal.

9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.

679

680

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 680

Warranty Coverages

U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:

New Vehicle Limited Warranty covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship.

Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty these two warranties cover your vehicles emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information.

Seat Belt Limited Warranty a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty all exterior body panels are covered against rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.

Accessory Limited Warranty Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Replacement Parts Limited Warranty covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship.

uuWarranty Coveragesu In

fo rm

atio n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 681

Replacement Battery Limited Warranty provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from your dealer.

Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.

Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicles original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

EPA Contact Information An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Office of Transportation and Air Quality Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group Attn: Warranty Complaints 2000 Traverwood Drive Ann Arbor, MI 48105 Email: complianceinfo@epa.gov

681

682

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 682

Authorized Manuals

Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

For U.S. Owners Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

For Canadian Owners Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 683

Client Service Information

In

fo rm

atio n

1Client Service Information

When you call or write, please give us the following information: Vehicle Identification Number

2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number P. 674

Date of purchase Odometer reading of your vehicle Your name, address, and telephone number A detailed description of the problem Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client Relations/Services.

U.S. Owners American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 100-5E-8F 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238

Canadian Owners Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-mail: acura_cr@ch.honda.com

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546

683Continued

684

uuClient Service Informationu

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 684

Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery. For more information, visit www.gracenote.com. When music is recorded to the HDD from a CD, information such as the recording artist and track name are retrieved from the Gracenote Database and displayed (when available). Gracenote may not contain information for all albums. Gracenote is an internet-based music recognition service that allows artist, album, and track information from CDs to display on the HDD. Gracenote users are allowed 4 free updates a year. More information about Gracenote, its features, and downloads are available at

Gracenote Music Recognition Service (CDDB)*

* Not available on all models

www.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca (in Canada). CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright 2000 to present Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright 2000 to present Gracenote. One or more patents owned by Gracenote apply to this product and service. See the Gracenote website for a non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the Powered by Gracenote logo are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in the United States and/or other countries.

This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California (Gracenote). The software from Gracenote (the Gracenote Software) enables this application to perform disc and/or file identification and obtain music- related information, including name, artist, track, and title information (Gracenote Data) from online servers or

Gracenote END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT*

embedded databases (collectively, Gracenote Servers) and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End-User functions or this application or device.

You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non- commercial use only.

You agree not to assign, copy, transfer, or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party.

YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.

You agree that your non-exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your license terminates, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers.

uuClient Service Informationu In

fo rm

atio n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 685

Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide. You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name.

The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service.

The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS.

Gracenote makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any

cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error- free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted.

Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time.

GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NONINFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES. Gracenote 2009

685Continued

686

uuClient Service Informationu

In fo

rm atio

n

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 686

Requirements to access Pandora Latest version of the Pandora app

installed on your Android, Blackberry, or iPhone.

Registered Pandora account (you can create a free account at www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/> or on your smartphone)

Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or cellular data network.

Disclaimer of Pandora*

* Not available on all models

Limitations Access to Pandora requires an active

internet connection Ability to access Pandora through this

system is subject to change without notice

Certain functionality of Pandora service is not available when accessing the service through this system including, but not limited to, creating new stations, deleting stations, emailing current stations, buying tracks, viewing additional text information, logging in to Pandora, and adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality. Pandora internet radio is a music service not affiliated with HONDA. More information is available at http:// www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission.

Mobile access requires a smartphone with an active data plan. Standard data rates may apply.

Pandora is only available in the United States.

Index

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 687

Index

In d

ex

A AAC ................................................... 268, 293 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) .................. 534 AC Power Outlet ...................................... 214 Accessories and Modifications ................ 623 Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 213 AcuraLink ................................................. 435 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ................................. 489 Indicator ................................................... 95

Additives Coolant .................................................. 589 Engine Oil ............................................... 584 Washer ................................................... 592

Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 584 Adjusting

Armrest .................................................. 204 Front Seats.............................................. 192 Head Restraints....................... 198, 200, 201 Headlights .............................................. 593 Mirrors.................................................... 189 Rear Seats............................................... 203 Steering Wheel ....................................... 188 Temperature ........................................... 122

Agile Handling Assist ............................... 519 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System).................................................... 219 Changing the Mode................................ 222 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 225

Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 617

Rear Climate Control System ................... 226 Sensors.................................................... 230 Synchronized Mode................................. 223 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 219

Air Pressure ....................................... 603, 673 Airbags ........................................................ 41

Advanced Airbags ..................................... 47 After a Collision......................................... 45 Airbag Care............................................... 55 Drivers Knee Airbag.................................. 48 Event Data Recorder .................................... 0 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 44 Indicator .............................................. 53, 86 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 54 Sensors...................................................... 41 Side Airbags .............................................. 50 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 52

AM/FM Radio ............................................ 254 Android Auto............................................ 303 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 534

Indicator .................................................... 86 Apple CarPlay ........................................... 299 Armrest ..................................................... 204 Audio Remote Controls............................ 237 Audio System ............................................ 232

Adjusting the Sound................................ 249 Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 236 Error Messages ........................................ 308 General Information ................................ 316 HDD ........................................................ 271 Internet Radio.......................................... 291

iPhone............................................. 291, 318 iPod ........................................................ 284 MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 268, 293 Reactivating ............................................ 236 Recommended CDs................................. 317 Recommended Devices............................ 318 Remote Controls ..................................... 237 Security Code.......................................... 236 Theft Protection ...................................... 236 USB Flash Drives ...................................... 318 USB Port.................................................. 233

Authorized Manuals ................................ 682 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 154

Customize....................................... 132, 374 Auto High-Beam....................................... 177

Indicator.................................................... 86 Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 480

OFF Button.............................................. 481 Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)............... 92 Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber) ..................................................... 92

Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 532 Indicator.................................................. 532

Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator.................................................. 532

Automatic Folding Door Mirror .............. 191 Automatic Intermittent Wipers............... 181 Automatic Lighting .................................. 174

687

688

In d

ex

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 688

Automatic Transmission ........................... 471 Creeping ................................................. 471 Fluid ........................................................ 591 Kickdown ................................................ 471 Operating the Shift Button....................... 474 Shifting.................................................... 472

Auxiliary Console Panel............................ 336 Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 236 Average Fuel Economy............................. 122 Average Speed.......................................... 123 AWD .......................................................... 523

B Back-Up Light............................................ 596 Battery....................................................... 611

Charging System Indicator ................. 82, 653 Jump Starting .......................................... 649 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 611

Belts (Seat) .................................................. 33 Beverage Holders...................................... 211 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System........ 520

Indicator .................................................... 99 Bluetooth Audio ..................................... 296 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink ..................... 393 Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System

Operating the System .............................. 339 Overhead Screen ..................................... 338 Playing a DVD/Blu-rayTM ........................... 340

Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 73

Brake System ............................................ 528 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)................... 534 Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 532 Brake Assist System ................................. 535 Brake System Indicator .............................. 79 Fluid........................................................ 592 Foot Brake............................................... 531 Indicator...................................... 78, 79, 655 Parking Brake .......................................... 528

Brake System (Amber) Indicator.................................................... 79

Brake System (Red) Indicator............................................ 78, 655

Brightness Control (Instrument Panel).... 184 BSI (Blind Spot Information) System ....... 520 Built-in Key ............................................... 140 Bulb Replacement .................................... 593

Back-Up Light.......................................... 596 Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light .... 594 Fog Lights ............................................... 593 Front Turn Signal/Parking, Daytime Running and Front Side Marker Lights ... 593

Headlights............................................... 593 High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 597 Puddle Lights........................................... 597 Rear License Plate Lights.......................... 597 Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights .................................................... 593

Taillights.................................................. 596 Taillights/Rear Side Maker Lights.............. 595

Bulb Specifications ................................... 672

C CAMERA Button....................................... 559 Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 74 Carrying Cargo ................................. 447, 449 CD Player .................................................. 268 Center Pocket ........................................... 210 Certification Label ................................... 674 Changing Bulbs ........................................ 593 Charging System Indicator ................ 82, 653 Child Safety ................................................ 56

Childproof Door Locks ............................ 153 Child Seat ................................................... 56

Booster Seats ............................................ 73 Child Seat for Infants ................................ 58 Child Seat for Small Children .................... 59 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt ................................................. 66

Larger Children ......................................... 72 Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 58 Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 60

Childproof Door Locks ............................. 153 Cleaning the Exterior............................... 620 Cleaning the Interior ............................... 618 Client Service Information....................... 683 Climate Control System ........................... 219

Changing the Mode................................ 222 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 225

Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 617 Rear Climate Control System................... 226 Sensors ................................................... 230

In d

ex

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 689

Synchronized Mode ................................ 223 Using Automatic Climate Control............ 219

Clock ......................................................... 138 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM) ................................................ 536

Coat Hook ................................................ 215 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ................................................. 536

Compact Spare Tire.......................... 627, 673 Compass.................................................... 443 Console Compartment............................. 209 Controls .................................................... 137 Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 589

Adding to the Radiator ........................... 590 Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 589 Overheating............................................ 651

Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 471 Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 551 Cup Holders .............................................. 211 Customized Features ....................... 126, 358

D Daytime Running Lights .......................... 176 Dead Battery ............................................ 649 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ................................................. 225

Detachable Anchor .................................... 38 Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 675 Dimming

Headlights .............................................. 173

Rearview Mirror ....................................... 189 Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 585 Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 172 Door Mirrors ............................................. 190 Doors ......................................................... 139

Auto Door Locking .................................. 154 Auto Door Unlocking............................... 154 Door Open Message.................................. 32 Keys ........................................................ 139 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside............................................... 13, 151

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside.................................................. 142

Lockout Prevention System ...................... 149 DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 605 Drivers Knee Airbag .................................. 48 Driving....................................................... 445

Automatic Transmission........................... 471 Braking.................................................... 528 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............... 463 Shifting Gear ........................................... 472 Starting the Engine .................................. 465

Driving Position Memory System............. 186 Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 617 Dynamic Mode button ............................. 486

E Elapsed Time ............................................. 123 Electric Parking Brake

Indicator .................................................... 80

Switch..................................................... 528 Electric Parking Brake System

Indicator.................................................... 80 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 517 Emergency ................................................ 666 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 678 Engine ....................................................... 674

Coolant................................................... 589 Jump Starting.......................................... 649 Oil........................................................... 584 Remote Engine Start................................ 467 Starting ................................................... 465

Engine Compartment Cover .................... 583 Engine Coolant......................................... 589

Adding to the Radiator............................ 590 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 589 Overheating ............................................ 651 Temperature Gauge ................................ 119

Engine Oil ................................................. 584 Adding.................................................... 586 Checking................................................. 585 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 577 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 653 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 584

ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 169 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ............................................... 88, 655

Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 74 Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 620 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 190

689

690

In d

ex

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 690

F Features..................................................... 231 Filters

Dust and Pollen ....................................... 617 Oil ........................................................... 587

Flat Tire ............................................. 627, 634 Floor Mats ................................................. 619 Fluids

Automatic Transmission........................... 591 Brake....................................................... 592 Engine Coolant........................................ 589 Windshield Washer.................................. 592

Fog Lights.................................................. 176 Folding Down the Second Row Seat ....... 197 Folding Down the Third Row Seat .......... 203 Foot Brake................................................. 531 Front Airbags (SRS) ..................................... 44 Front Seats ................................................ 192

Adjusting................................................. 192 Front Sensor Camera ................................ 487 Fuel ...................................................... 20, 568

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions............. 571 Gauge ..................................................... 119 Instant Fuel Economy............................... 123 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85 Range...................................................... 123 Recommendation .................................... 568 Refueling ................................................. 568

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions ............ 571 Fuel Fill Cap................................................. 20

Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 20, 569 Unable to Unlock .................................... 667

Fuses .......................................................... 658 Inspecting and Changing......................... 665 Locations......................... 658, 661, 663, 664

G Gasoline (Fuel)

Economy ................................................. 571 Gauge..................................................... 119 Information ............................................. 568 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85 Refueling................................................. 568

Gauges ...................................................... 119 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 83, 474 Gear Shift Positions

Automatic Transmission .......................... 472 Glass (care)................................................ 621 Glove Box.................................................. 208

H Handling the Unexpected........................ 625 HandsFreeLink (HFL)............................... 393

Auto Answer........................................... 410 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History ..................................... 412

Automatic Transferring............................ 410 Displaying Messages................................ 430 HFL Buttons............................................. 393

HFL Menus.............................................. 396 HFL Status Display................................... 394 Limitations for Manual Operation............ 395 Making a Call ......................................... 421 Options During a Call.............................. 427 Phone Setup ........................................... 401 Phonebook Phonetic Modification........... 416 Receiving a Call....................................... 426 Receiving a Text/E-mail Message ............. 428 Ring Tone ............................................... 411 Roadside Assistance ................................ 434 Selecting a Mail Account......................... 429 Speed Dial .............................................. 413 To Create a Security PIN.......................... 408 To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option .................................................. 406

Use Contact Photo.................................. 411 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio .................. 271 Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4 HDMITM Port ............................................. 337 Head Restraints ........................ 198, 200, 201 Headlight Washers................................... 183 Headlights ................................................ 173

Aiming.................................................... 593 Auto High-Beam System ......................... 177 Automatic Operation .............................. 174 Dimming......................................... 173, 176 Operating ............................................... 173

Heated Door Mirrors ............................... 185 Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 216 Heated Windshield .................................. 185

In d

ex

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 691

Heater (Steering Wheel).......................... 216 Heaters (Seat) ................................... 217, 218 HFL (HandsFreeLink) .............................. 393 High Beam Indicator .................................. 88 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 469 HomeLink Universal Transceiver ........... 390 Honda App License Agreement .............. 319

I Identification Numbers............................ 674

Engine and Transmission......................... 674 Vehicle Identification............................... 674

IDS (Integrated Dynamics System) .......... 486 Illumination Control ................................ 184

Button .................................................... 184 Immobilizer System.................................. 163

Indicator ................................................... 89 Indicators .................................................... 78

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) ................... 95, 489

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 86 Auto High-Beam ....................................... 86 Auto Idle Stop........................................... 92 Auto Idle Stop System............................... 92 Automatic Brake Hold....................... 81, 532 Automatic Brake Hold System ........... 81, 532 Blind Spot Information (BSI) .............. 99, 521 Brake System (Amber)............................... 79 Brake System (Red) ........................... 78, 655 Charging System............................... 82, 653

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ........................................... 97, 98

Electric Parking Brake ................................ 80 Electric Parking Brake System..................... 80 Fog Lights.................................................. 89 Gear Position............................................. 83 High Beam ................................................ 88 Immobilizer System.................................... 89 Keyless Access System ............................... 91 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .... 93, 511 Lights On................................................... 89 Low Fuel.................................................... 85 Low Oil Pressure ................................ 82, 653 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............................. 88 Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 82, 654 Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 78, 655 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 94 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 34, 85 Security System Alarm ............................... 90 Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System....................... 88, 655

Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM .............. 91 Supplemental Restraint System ............ 53, 86 System Message ........................................ 90 Transmission System.......................... 84, 657 Turn Signal ................................................ 88 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System............................................. 87, 517

VSA OFF .......................................... 87, 518 Information............................................... 671 Information Screen................................... 244

Instrument Panel ........................................ 77 Brightness Control................................... 184

Integrated Dynamics System (IDS)........... 486 Dynamic Mode button ............................ 486

Interface Dial ............................................ 239 Interior Lights ........................................... 206 Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 189 Internet Radio .......................................... 291 iPhone ............................................... 291, 318 iPod ................................................... 284, 318

J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 631 Jump Starting ........................................... 649

K Key Number Tag....................................... 141 Keyless Access System .............................. 142 Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 149 Keys ........................................................... 139

Lockout Prevention.................................. 149 Number Tag ............................................ 141 Rear Door Wont Open............................ 153 Remote Transmitter................................. 147 Types and Functions ................................ 139

Kickdown (Automatic Transmission)....... 471

691

692

In d

ex

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 692

L Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ......... 509

Indicator .................................................... 93 Language (HFL)......................................... 394 LATCH (Child Seats) .............................. 61, 68 LED Puddle Light ...................................... 146 Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/ Android Auto .......................................... 331

License information.................................. 334 Lights ................................................. 173, 593

Automatic ............................................... 174 Bulb Replacement.................................... 593 Daytime Running Lights ........................... 176 High Beam Indicator .................................. 88 Interior .................................................... 206 Light Switches ......................................... 173 Lights On Indicator .................................... 89 Turn Signals............................................. 172

Load Limits ................................................ 449 Locking/Unlocking .................................... 139

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 154 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 153 From Inside.............................................. 151 From Outside........................................... 142 Keys ........................................................ 139 Using a Key ............................................. 148

Lockout Prevention System...................... 149 Low Battery Charge.................................. 653 Low Fuel Indicator ...................................... 85 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 653 Lower Anchors ...................................... 61, 68

Lubricant Specifications Chart ................. 673 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 449 Lumbar Support ....................................... 192

M Maintenance............................................. 573

Battery .................................................... 611 Brake Fluid .............................................. 592 Cleaning ................................................. 618 Climate Control System........................... 617 Coolant................................................... 589 Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 577 Oil........................................................... 585 Precautions ............................................. 574 Radiator .................................................. 590 Remote Control....................................... 615 Remote Transmitter......................... 613, 614 Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 593 Safety...................................................... 575 Service Items ........................................... 579 Tires ........................................................ 602 Transmission Fluid ................................... 591 Under the Hood ...................................... 581 Wireless Headphone................................ 616

Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 82, 654 Map Lights ................................................ 207 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 449 Meters, Gauges......................................... 119 MID (Multi-information Display) ............. 120

Mirrors ...................................................... 189 Adjusting ................................................ 189 Door ....................................................... 190 Exterior ................................................... 190 Interior Rearview..................................... 189

Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 623 Moonroof ................................................. 168 MP3 ................................................... 268, 293 Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls .................................................. 120

Multi-Information Display (MID) ............ 120 Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 556

N Numbers (Identification) ......................... 674

O Odometer ................................................. 121 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 463 Oil (Engine) .............................................. 584

Adding ................................................... 586 Checking ................................................ 585 Displaying Oil Life ................................... 577 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 82, 653 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 584 Viscosity.................................................. 584

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM............. 240 Open Source Licenses .............................. 333

In d

ex

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 693

Opening/Closing Hood ...................................................... 582 Moonroof ............................................... 168 Power Windows...................................... 166 Tailgate................................................... 155

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel....................................... 169

Outside Temperature Display ................. 122 Overhead Screen ...................................... 338 Overheating ............................................. 651

P Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) ......... 479 Panic Mode............................................... 165 Parking ..................................................... 545 Parking Brake ........................................... 528 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator ........................................... 78, 655

Parking Sensor System ............................. 547 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator....... 54 Passing Indicators..................................... 173 Power Tailgate ......................................... 157 Power Windows ....................................... 166 Precautions While Driving ....................... 470

Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle.................................................. 470

Rain ........................................................ 470 Pregnant Women....................................... 39 Puncture (Tire) ................................. 627, 634

R Radiator .................................................... 590 Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 254 Radio (SiriusXM) ..................................... 257 Radio Data System (RDS).......................... 255 Range ........................................................ 123 RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 255 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 678 Rear Climate Control System ................... 226

From the Front Panel ............................... 226 From the Rear Panel ................................ 229

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button ..................................................... 185

Rear Entertainment System (RES) ............ 335 Auxiliary Console Panel............................ 336 Front Control Panel Operation ................. 352 HDMITM Port ............................................ 337 Operating the System .............................. 339 Overhead Screen ..................................... 338 Playable Discs .......................................... 357 Rear Control Panel Operation .................. 340 Wireless Headphones .............................. 335

Rear Seats.................................................. 203 Second Row Seat............................. 196, 197 Third Row Seat ........................................ 203

Rearview Mirror........................................ 189 Refueling................................................... 568

Fuel Gauge.............................................. 119 Gasoline .......................................... 568, 672 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 85

Regulations ............................... 526, 605, 675

Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback ................................................. 467 Checking Door Lock Status...................... 150

Remote Transmitter ................................. 147 Replacement

Battery ............................ 613, 614, 615, 616 Bulbs....................................................... 593 Front Wiper Blade Rubber ....................... 598 Fuses............................... 658, 661, 663, 664 Rear Wiper Blade Rubber......................... 600 Tires ........................................................ 608

Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 677 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 122 Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 190 Right Selector Wheel ....................... 120, 126 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 504

On and Off.............................................. 506

S Safe Driving ................................................ 27 Safety Checklist .......................................... 32 Safety Labels............................................... 75 Safety Message............................................. 1

693

694

In d

ex

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 694

Seat Belts..................................................... 33 Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 37 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 35 Checking ................................................... 40 Detachable Anchor .................................... 38 Fastening................................................... 36 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt .................................................. 66

Pregnant Women ...................................... 39 Reminder................................................... 34 Warning Indicator................................ 34, 85

Seat Heaters ...................................... 217, 218 Seat Ventilation ........................................ 217 Seats .......................................................... 192

Adjusting................................................. 192 Drivers Seat Lumbar Support................... 192 Front Seats .............................................. 192 Rear Seats................................................ 203 Seat Heaters .................................... 217, 218 Seat Ventilation ....................................... 217 Second Row Seat............................. 196, 197 Third Row Seat ........................................ 203

Second Row Outer Seats Heaters ............ 218 Second Row Seat (Folding Down) ........... 197 Security System ......................................... 163

Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 89 Security System Alarm Indicator ................. 90

Select Button............................................. 472 Operation ................................................ 474

Select Lever ................................................. 18 Operation .................................................. 18

Selecting a Child Seat................................. 60 Sequential Mode ...................................... 478 Sequential Mode Operation .................... 479 Setting the Clock ...................................... 138 SH-AWD (Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM).................................................... 523

SH-AWD Torque Distribution Monitor.. 124 Shift Button ........................................ 18, 472 Shifting (Transmission)....................... 18, 472 Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 37 Side Airbags................................................ 50 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 52 SiriusXM Radio........................................ 257 Snow Tires................................................. 610 Spare Tire.......................................... 627, 673 Spark Plugs ............................................... 672 Specifications............................................ 672 Specified Fuel ................................... 568, 672 Speedometer ............................................ 119 Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator............................................ 88, 655

SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 44 Starting Assist Brake Function ................. 485 Starting the Engine .................................. 465

Does Not Start......................................... 646 Jump Starting.......................................... 649 Remote Engine Start................................ 467

Steering Wheel......................................... 188 Adjusting ................................................ 188 Heater..................................................... 216

Stopping ................................................... 545 Summer Tires............................................ 610 Sunglasses Holder .................................... 216 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) .............................................. 523 Indicator ................................................... 91

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 44 Surround View Camera System ............... 558 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) ............................................ 4, 5, 169

Synchronized Mode ................................. 223 System Message Indicator ......................... 90

T Tachometer .............................................. 119 Tailgate..................................................... 155

Unable to Open ...................................... 668 Temperature

Gauge .................................................... 119 Outside Temperature Display .................. 122

Temperature Gauge ................................ 119 Temperature Sensor ........................ 122, 230 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 635 Text Message.................................... 428, 430 Third Row Seat (Folding Down) .............. 203 Third Row Seat Access ............................. 196 Tie-down Anchors .................................... 215 Time (Setting)........................................... 138 Tire Fill Assist .................................... 524, 657

In d

ex

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 695

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ..................................................... 524 Indicator ........................................... 88, 657 Tire Fill Assist .................................. 524, 657

Tire Repair Kit .......................................... 634 Tires .......................................................... 602

Air Pressure..................................... 603, 673 Checking and Maintaining ...................... 602 Inspection ............................................... 602 Labeling.................................................. 603 Puncture (Flat Tire) .......................... 627, 634 Regulations............................................. 605 Rotation.................................................. 609 Spare Tire ....................................... 627, 673 Summer.................................................. 610 Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 635 Tire Chains.............................................. 610 Tire Repair Kit ......................................... 634 Wear Indicators....................................... 607 Winter .................................................... 610

Tools ......................................................... 626 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 452

Equipment and Accessories..................... 456 Load Limits ............................................. 452

Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 462 Emergency.............................................. 666

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System).................................................... 524 Indicator ........................................... 88, 657

Trailer Stability Assist............................... 460

Transmission ....................................... 18, 472 Automatic ......................................... 18, 472 Fluid ........................................................ 591 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 83, 474 Indicator ............................................ 84, 657 Number ................................................... 674 Sequential Mode ..................................... 478

TRIP Button ............................................... 121 Trip Meter ................................................. 122 Troubleshooting ....................................... 625

Blown Fuse...................... 658, 661, 663, 664 Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 24 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 25 Emergency Towing .................................. 666 Engine Wont Start .................................. 646 Noise When Braking .................................. 26 Overheating ............................................ 651 Puncture/Flat Tire............................. 627, 634 Rear Door Wont Open...................... 24, 153 Warning Indicators .................................... 78

Turn Signals .............................................. 172 Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 88

Turn-by-Turn Directions ........................... 124

U Under-floor Storage Area ........................ 210 Unlocking the Doors ................................ 142 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside ................................................. 13, 151

USB Flash Drives........................................ 318

USB Port .................................................... 233

V Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 674 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA).................. 517

Off Button............................................... 518 Off Indicator.............................................. 87 System Indicator................................ 87, 517

Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 584, 673 Voice Control Operation.......................... 251

Voice Portal Screen.................................. 252 Voice Recognition ................................... 251

VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 517

W Wallpaper ................................................. 247 Warning and Information Messages....... 100 Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 653 Warning Labels........................................... 75 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately) .............................................. 680

Watts......................................................... 672 Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 607 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 631 Window Washers ..................................... 180

Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 592 Switch..................................................... 180

Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 166

695

696

In d

ex

18 ACURA MDX-31TZ56400.book 696

Windshield ................................................ 180 Cleaning.................................................. 621 Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 225 Washer Fluid............................................ 592 Wiper Blades ........................................... 598 Wipers and Washers ................................ 180

Winter Tires............................................... 610 Snow Tires............................................... 610 Tire Chains .............................................. 610

Wipers and Washers ................................. 180 Automatic Intermittent Wipers................. 181 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 598 Front ....................................................... 180 Rear......................................................... 182

Wireless Headphones ............................... 335 WMA ................................................. 268, 293 Worn Tires................................................. 602

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the MDX Acura works, you can view and download the Acura MDX 2018 SUV Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Acura MDX as well as other Acura manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Acura MDX. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Acura MDX 2018 SUV Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Acura MDX 2018 SUV Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Acura MDX 2018 SUV Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Acura MDX 2018 SUV Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Acura MDX 2018 SUV Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.